Kia 2020 Sedona Owner Manual

Kia 2020 Sedona Owner Manual
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images,
descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable
to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration
only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replacement parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfaction.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
i
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continued interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2019 Kia Canada Inc.
All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval system or translation in
whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
from Kia Canada Inc..
Printed in Korea
table of contents
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Index
I
ii
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-7
1
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
1 2
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual. These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety.You should carefully read and follow
ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
Introduction
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage, especially
in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15 percent ethanol, and do not
use gasoline or gasohol containing
any methanol.
Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the
fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recommends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage to
the fuel system or any performance
problems caused by the use of “E85”
fuel.
✽ NOTICE
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs drivability.
1 3
Introduction
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽ NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty.
Use of MTBE
Kia recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)
may reduce vehicle performance and
produce vapor lock or hard starting.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to
the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by
the use of fuels containing methanol
or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl
Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives Such as
MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Kia does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT. This type
of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system. The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
✽ NOTICE
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty may not cover damage to
the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by
the use of fuels containing methanol.
1 4
Introduction
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
should be added to the fuel tank at
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from
your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
1 6
VEHICLE HANDLING
INSTRUCTIONS
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of gravity
than other types of vehicles. In other
words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle
rollover. Be sure to read the
“Reducing the risk of a rollover”
driving guidelines, in section 5 of
this manual.
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600
miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Hood......................................................4-58
2. Head lamp..................................4-140, 7-67
3. Fog lamp ....................................4-147, 7-67
4. Wheel and tire................................7-39, 8-4
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-86
6. Sunroof..................................................4-65
7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-150, 7-33
8. Windows ................................................4-53
9. Parking distance warning ....................4-132
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OYP018001N
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Rear view
1. Door locks (for front door) .....................4-26
2. Fuel filler lid ...........................................4-61
3. Rear combination lamp .........................7-68
4. High mounted stop lamp .......................7-68
5. Rear window wiper blade...........4-151, 7-35
6. Liftgate .........................................4-32, 4-35
7. Antenna ...............................................4-216
8. Rear view monitor ...............................4-137
9. Parking distance warning-reverse .......4-128
Parking distance warning ....................4-132
10. Door Locks (for sliding door) ...............4-35
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OYP018002N
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle.................................4-28
2. Power window switch ............................4-54
3. Central door lock switch ........................4-29
4. Power window and rear sunroof
lock button .............................................4-56
5. Outside rearview mirror control .............4-87
6. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ..4-88
7. Fuel filler lid open switch .......................4-61
8. Instrument panel illumination
control switch.........................................4-92
9. BCW ON/OFF button ............................5-86
10. LDW ON/OFF button...........................5-98
11. AC inverter button .............................4-204
12. ESC OFF button..................................5-35
13. Steering wheel ....................................4-72
14. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever .........................................4-74
15. Inner panel fuse panel. .......................7-55
16. Brake pedal .........................................5-21
17. Hood release lever ..............................4-58
18. Seat .......................................................3-2
❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
2 4
OYP018003N
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
1. Electronic parking brake (EPB)
ON/OFF button ....................................5-24
2. Driver’s front air bag ............................3-80
3. Horn.....................................................4-75
4. Instrument cluster................................4-91
5. Wiper and washer control lever .........4-149
6. Ignition switch ........................................5-7
Engine start/stop button ......................5-10
7. Cruise control button ...........................5-57
Smart cruise control button .................5-61
8. Audio .................................................4-216
9. Hazard warning flasher .........................6-2
10. Climate control system.........4-156, 4-172
11. Automatic transmission .....................5-14
12. Seat warmer ....................................4-201
Air ventilation seat ...........................4-202
13. Steering wheel warmer
ON/OFF button ..................................4-74
14. Active ECO button .............................5-82
Drive mode button .............................5-83
15. Parking distance warning
ON/OFF button ................................4-133
16. 360° camera monitoring system......4-138
17. Center console storage box ............4-198
18. Sunglasses holder...........................4-199
19. USB charger....................................4-206
20. Power outlet.....................................4-203
21. AC inverter ......................................4-204
22. Glove box ........................................4-198
23. Passenger's front air bag ..................3-80
24. Auto hold ON/OFF button..................5-31
OYP018004N
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.3L GDI)
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-20
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-25
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-28
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-57
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-36
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-36
8. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-20
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-27
10. Radiator cap ...................................7-24
11. Power steering reservoir
(if equipped)....................................7-26
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP078001N
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
• Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-11
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
• Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-55
• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . 3-58
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system
(SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)
(5) Driver position memory
(6) Headrest
(7) Walk-in switch
Manual seat
2nd / 3rd row seat
(8) Forward and backward
(9) Seatback angle and folding
(10) Walk-in
(11) Headrest
(12) Armrest
(13) Seatback angle and folding
(14) Seat sinking
(15) Headrest
Power seat
OYP037322N
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
Front seat
■ For SXL package
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)
(5) Driver position memory
(6) Headrest
(7) Walk-in switch
2nd / 3rd row seat
(8) Forward and backward
(9) Left and right
(10) Seatback angle and folding
(11) Leg support
(12) Walk-in
(13) Headrest
(14) Armrest
(15) Seatback angle and folding
(16) Seat sinking
(17) Headrest
OYP036297N
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the driver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers.
3 4
1KMN3662
The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sitting cushions.
The passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a sudden stop.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
of the seatback and seatback
adjustment.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 25 cm (10 in.)
from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended. Failure
to do so can result in air bag
inflation injuries to the driver.
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Luggage and
Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack luggage or cargo higher than the
seatback in the cargo area. In an
accident the cargo could strike
and injury a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING - Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride
in the cargo area under any circumstance. The cargo area is
solely for the purpose of transporting luggage or cargo.
WARNING - Unexpected
Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when picking small objects trapped under
the seats or between the seat
and the center console. Your
hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats
mechanism.
3 6
WARNING - Seating
Position
To reduce the risk of injury in a
crash, both drivers and passengers should always sit as far
back as possible in the upright
position with the seatbelt properly secured.
Feature of Seat Leather
• Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
• The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
Front seat adjustment - manual
Seatback angle
Forward and backward
OYP034003
OYP034002
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
Lumbar support (if equipped)
Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.
WARNING - Unattended
OYP034004
OYP034005
To change the height of the seat,
push the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
3 8
children
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle. Children might
operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Power seat
Forward and backward
Seatback angle
adjustments
The power seating controls
function by electronic motor.
Excessive operation may cause
damage to the electrical equipment.
CAUTION - Power Seating
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
When in operation, the power seatconsumes a large amount of electrical power. To prevent unnecessary
charging system drain, don’t adjust
the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running.
OYP034006N
OYP034007N
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position.
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Seat height (if equipped)
Walk-in Seat (for front passenger
seat, if equipped)
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
OYP038008N
Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cushion. Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or press down
to lower the rear part of the seat
cushion. Release the switch once the
seat reaches the desired position.
3 10
OUM036096L
The switch is located on the left side
of the front passenger’s seatback.
To adjust the position of front passenger’s seat :
• Press the control switch forward (1)
or rearward (2) to move the seat to
the desired position.
• Press the control switch forward (3)
or rearward (4) to move the seatback to the desired angle.
Do not use these switches while the
front passenger seat is occupied.
Safety features of your vehicle
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)
Driver position memory system
(if equipped, for power seat)
■ Type B
■ Type A
OYP034009N
OYP038009N
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the driver's
seat.
Type A
1. Press the front portion of the switch
to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches
the desired position.
Type B
1. Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2),
to decrease support.
2. Move the support position up and
down by pressing the switch (3) or
(4).
3. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OYP034025
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the driver seat and outside rearview mirror
position with a simple button operation. By saving the desired position
into the system memory, different
drivers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing
death, serious injury.
3 12
Storing positions into memory
using the buttons on the door
Storing driver’s seat positions
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside rearview mirror comfortable
for the driver.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after
pressing the SET button. The system will beep twice when memory
has been successfully stored.
✽ NOTICE
When recalling an adjustment memory button while sitting in the vehicle, you can be surprised by the setting chosen if the memory has been
adjusted by someone else. If that
occurs, immediately push the seat
position control knob in the direction of the desired position to stop
further undesired movement.
Safety features of your vehicle
Recalling positions from memory
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2. To recall the position in the memory, press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep
once, then the driver’s seat will
automatically adjust to the stored
position.
Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
recalling the stored position will
cause the movement to stop and
move in the direction that the control
switch is moved.
Easy access function
(if equipped)
The system will move the driver's
seat automatically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rearward when the ignition key is
removed.
- It will move the driver’s seat forward when the ignition key is
inserted.
• With smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rearward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the OFF
position.
- It will move the driver’s seat forward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ACC or
START position.
You can activate or deactivate this feature. Refer to "User settings" in chapter 4.
Headrest (for front seat)
OYP034285N
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps protect the head and
neck in the event of a rear collision.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
Adjusting the height up and down
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
OYP034010
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing
may damage the headrest.
3 14
Safety features of your vehicle
Removal and reinstallation
■ Type A
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
WARNING - Headrest
OYFH034205
✽ NOTICE
OYP034012
Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
■ Type B
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
OYP034013N
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Type A
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
Seatback pocket
WARNING - Headrest
OYP034014
■ Type B
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to
the head or neck, always make
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
OYP044077K
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
WARNING - Seatback
OYP034015N
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3 16
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
Safety features of your vehicle
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
Rear seat adjustment
Forward and backward
(2nd row seat)
OYP034202N
■ for SXL package
OYP034291N
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it.
❈ 7-seater SXL Seat
To move the seat inward, first turn
the left/right control lever, and then
move the seat to the farthest back
position.
Left and Right
(2nd row seat, SXL package)
OYP034293N
To move the seat left side or right side:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move left side and right
side without using the lever. If the seat
moves, it is not locked properly.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
Seatback angle
■ 2nd row seat
■ 2nd row seat for SXL package
OYP034204N
■ 2nd row center seat (if equipped)
OYP034292N
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever
(for 2nd row outboard seat) or
strap (for 2nd row center or 3rd
row seat).
2. Hold the lever or strap and adjust
the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever or strap and
make sure the seatback is locked
in place. (The lever MUST return
to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
■ 3rd row seat
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
OYP034206N
3 18
OYP034205N
Safety features of your vehicle
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
Walk-in seat
(2nd row seat for SXL package)
OYP034210N
OYP034209N
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat :
1. Lift the armrest up and lower the
head rest to the lowest position (if
necessary).
2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) or pull
the walk-in strap (2) on the 2nd
row seat to allow passenger to exit
3rd row seat.
3. At this time, 2nd row seat position
will be changed to stand up position, and the head rest will be folded automatically.
After getting in or out, push the
2nd row seat to the original position until it clicks into place and
check the head rest position
(unfolded position).
Make sure that the seat is locked
in place.
OYP036299N
OYP036321N
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat :
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
1. Lift the armrest up , lower the
headrests to the lowest position
and slide the seat inside. (if necessary).
2. Pull the walk-in strap (1) or recline
lever (2) on the 2nd row seat when
the passenger gets in or out of the
3rd row seat.
3. Push the 2nd row seat to forward.
After getting out, push the 2nd row
seat to the original position until it
clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked
in place. In the walk-in position,
the front and back sliding function
is not fixed.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd
row seat while the vehicle is
moving or the seat is occupied
as the seat may suddenly move
and cause the passenger on the
seat to be injured.
3 20
Leg support
(2nd row seat for SXL package)
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING - Folded down
OYP034294N
To use the leg support :
1. Pull the leg support lever up and
hold it.
2. Adjust the angle and length of the
leg support while holding the leg
support. When using the leg rest,
move the seat to the inner position,
and then toward the back. If the seat
is not moved far back, it may come
in contact with the first row seat.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the leg support is locked in place.
seatback
Never allow passengers sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving. This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Objects
■ 2nd row center seat (for 8 passenger vehicle)
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
OYP034267N
■ 3rd row seat
OYP034212N
OYP034214N
To fold down the rear seatback :
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
■ 2nd row seat
■ 2nd row center seat (for 8 passenger vehicle)
OYP034218N
OYP037219N
3 22
Removing the tumble seat
(for 8 passenger vehicle)
OYP034216N
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever
or strap, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever or strap.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OYP034220N
OYP034267N
1. Insert the seat belt in the belt
assembly cover.
2. Insert the seat belt buckle in the
seat cushion pocket.
Safety features of your vehicle
OYP034221N
OYP034223N
OYP034227N
3. Lower the headrest to the lowest
position.
4. Slide the seat to the farthest rearward.
5. Fold the seat back by pull up the
recline strap.
6. Pull the removal strap and lift the
rear portion of the seat cushion.
7. Pull up the catch release lever
under the front of the seat cushion
while reclining the folded seat
rearward slightly to release the
front catches from the anchors.
8. Remove the entire seat from the
floor.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
Installing the tumble seat
(for 8 passenger vehicle)
OYP034228N
1. Put the front anchor strikers along
the front anchors on the floor.
2. Insert two front anchor strikers
into the front anchors.
3 24
OYP034225N
OYP034232N
3. Lift the rear portion of the seat
cushion then push down firmly to
lock the catches into the rear
anchors until an audible “click” is
heard.
4. Make sure the green mark on the
rear seat cushion frame is visible
and the catches are locked in
position by moving the seat forward and backward or lifting the
front portion of the seat. If the
green mark is invisible and the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
5. Pull up the seatback recline strap.
6. Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
7. Return the seat belt to the proper
position.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Installing or
removing the tumble seat
OYP034233N
Do not install or remove the
tumble (2nd row center) seat, if
there are occupants in the 3rd
row seats, as this may injure
occupants.
OYP034235N
OYP034223N
If the rear catches of the seat are
locked into the rear anchors (2) while
the front catches are not locked into
the front anchors (1), do the following
to release the rear catches from the
rear anchors.
Pull the removal strap and lift the
rear portion of the seat cushion.
Then the rear catches will be released.
Remove the seat while lifting up the
rear portion of seat cushion and then
reinstall the tumble seat.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat
- 3rd row seat
To stow the rear seat:
1. Lower the headrest to the lowest
position. To stow easily, adjust the
seatback to upright position. (if
necessary)
OYP037241
OYP034240N
The rear seat can be folded and
stowed in the luggage compartment
to provide additional cargo space.
OYP034242N
2. Pull up the seat by using the stowing lever.
3. Stow the seat by pushing down
firmly.
3 26
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Make sure there is no body or
object around the seat and be
careful not to injure your hands
or body under the seat or in the
moving parts when stowing or
reinstalling the seat.
CAUTION - To stow 3rd
row seat
OYP037286
OYP037304
Do not stow the 3rd row seat
when the seat back is folded
down. It may damage the 3rd
seat mechanism.
To use the rear seat:
1. Lift the seat by pulling up the stowing lever.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
OYP037243N
OYP034287N
OYP037305
2. Release the lever and push the
seat forward firmly until it clicks
into place to insert the catches
into the anchors.
3. Make sure the catches are locked
in position by moving the seat forward and backward or lifting the
front portion of the seat. If the seat
moves, it is not locked properly.
4. Pull out and hold the folding strap.
5. Hold the seat back when you
adjust the seat back angle until it
clicks into place and then release
the folding strap.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
✽ NOTICE
Do not push down the upper part of
the seatback when pushing the seat
forward. Doing so can prevent the
catches from being locked in position.
3 28
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Cargo
Do not place heavy objects in
the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit vehicle occupants in a
frontal collision.
CAUTION
When you fold the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert
the buckle in the pocket
between the rear seatback and
cushion. Doing so can prevent
the buckle from being damaged
by the rear seatback.
When returning the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the
upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position. Routing
the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the
seats. Make sure the engine is
off, the automatic transmission
is in P (Park) and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these
steps may allow the vehicle to
move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another
position.
OUN026140
WARNING - 3rd row seat
3rd row occupants should always
remain in the center of the seat
cushion so the occupants head
is protected by the headrest.
If not, the liftgate may hit the
occupant's head, which could
cause injury.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
Armrest (2nd row seat)
Type A
To use the armrest, swing down the
armrest to the lowest position.
■ Type A
Seatback pocket (for SXL package)
Type B
To use the armrest, press the release
button (1) on the armrest and adjust
the angle to the desired position. And
then release the button (1).
OYP034254N
■ Type B (for SXL package)
OYP034255N
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the 2nd row outboard
seatbacks.
OYP034300N/Q
The 2nd row seats have the armrest
located on the side of seatback.
3 30
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seatback
Headrest (for rear seat)
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
*
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is
properly set according to the
driver's physical figure, do not
fold the rear seat. It may
increase bodily injuries in a
sudden stop or collision.
ODM032054
* : if equipped
OYP034288N
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height as the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head.
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
Adjusting the height up and down
■ 2nd row outboard
■ 2nd row for SXL package
OYP034298N
OYP034301N
■ 3rd row
■ 2nd row center (if equipped)
OYP034248N
To raise the headrest :
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the headrest :
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OYP034302N
3 32
OYP034303N
Safety features of your vehicle
Removal and reinstallation
After installing the headrest, make
sure that it is installed in the right
direction.
A headrest installed reversely could
increase whiplash injury during rear
impact.
2nd row outboard headrest
CAUTION - Auto-folding
OYP034250N
To remove the headrest :
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
headrest
Do not remove the headrest in
vehicles equipped with the second row auto-folding function.
The cable may become dislocated or damaged when the headrest is removed, and may lead to
auto-folding function failure.
WARNING - Headrest
OYP034252N
The headrest will fold down automatically when the seat is in the walk in
potion.
Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you return
the seatback.
Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
Forward and backward adjustment
(2nd row seat for SXL package)
Wing-out
(2nd row seat for SXL package)
OYP034295N
OYP034296N
The headrest may be adjusted forward or backward by pulling the
lower part of the headrest forward or
backward to the desired detent in the
direction of the arrow. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
For rear outboard passenger's comfort, the ends of the headrest can be
adjusted inward.
3 34
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
WARNING - Twisted seat
belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a
crash.
• Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damaged as
you can no longer be sure that a
damaged seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area
must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
3 36
WARNING - Seat belt
Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
1GQA2083
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will activate pursuant to
the following table when the ignition
switch is in "ON" position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Conditions
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
ChimeLight-Blink
Sound
Below 5 km/h
(3 mph)
5 km/h
(3 mph) ~
10 km/h
(6 mph)
6 seconds
None
6 seconds
None
Above 10 km/h
(6 mph)
↓
↓
Stop *2
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with
an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop
within 6 seconds and chime will stop
immediately.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
Vehicle
Speed
■ Type B
Warning Pattern
Light-Blink
Unbuckled
6 seconds
Above 10 km/h
Unbuckled
(6 mph)
Continuously
Buckled
6 seconds
Above 10 km/h
(6 mph)
Buckled →
Unbuckled Below 10 km/h
(6 mph)
Continuously *1
None
OYP034257N
*1 The seat belt warning light will go off if
the vehicle speed decreases below 5
km/h (3 mph). If the vehicle speed
increases above 5 km/h (3 mph), the
warning light will blink again.
6 seconds *1
Below (5 km/h
3 mph)
Conditions
Seat Belt
■ Type A
6 seconds
Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(6 mph)
(11 times)
Unbuckled
Seat belt warning
(for front passenger’s seat)
6 seconds
Buckled
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Warning Pattern
OYP036258N
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch
is in "ON" position.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel.
• Even if the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is
important for the driver to instruct the
passenger as to the proper seating
instructions as contained in this
manual.
3 38
WARNING
You should place the lap belt
portion as low as possible and
snugly across your hips, not on
your waist. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may
increase the chance of injury in
the event of a collision. Both
arms should not be under or
over the belt. Rather, one should
be over and the other under, as
shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm near the door.
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
B180A01NF-1
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Front seat
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
OYP034056
B200A02NF
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 3
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
3 40
WARNING - Shoulder belt
positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of
another collision.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
Safety features of your vehicle
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
✽ NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes,
have the seated passengers use the
emergency locking feature for
improved convenience. The automatic locking function is intended to
facilitate child restraint installation.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when
the rear center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the
rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seat back
is folded down, distortion and
damage to the top portion of the
seat back and seat belt garnish
may result, causing the seat
back to lock into the folded
down position.
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
■ 2nd row
CAUTION
OYP038324N
■ 3rd row
Do not forcefully lock the left or
right seat belt latch into the center seat belt buckle. This may
cause damage to the center
buckle and prevent the buckle
from properly latching in the
future.
OYP038326N
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
WARNING
OYP038325N
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
3 42
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches
the seat belt buckle. Forcefully
fastening the left or right seat
belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening
scenario that will not protect
you in an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
3 Point rear center belt (for 2nd
and/ 3rd center seat, if equipped)
2. Pull out the tongue plate from the
holder on the seat belt (2).
B210A01NF-1
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
OYP034259N/Q
OYP034260N/Q
To fasten the rear center belt
1. Pull out the mini tongue from hole
on the belt assembly cover (1) and
then slowly pull the seat belt out
from the retractor.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
OYP034261N
OYP034262N
3. Insert the mini tongue (A) into the
open end of the anchor connector
(C) until an audible “click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked. Make
sure the belt is not twisted.
4. Pull the tongue plate (B) and
insert the tongue plate (B) into the
open end of the buckle (D) until an
audible “click” is heard, indicating
the latch is locked. Make sure the
belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
3 44
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips, if you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
WARNING
When using the rear seat center
belt, you must lock all tongue
plates and buckles. If any
tongue plate or buckle is not
locked, it will increase the
chance of injury in the event of
collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
To unfasten the rear center belt
OYP034265N/Q
OYP034264N
OYP034263N
1. Press the release button on the
buckle (D) and remove the tongue
plate (B) from the buckle (D).
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt,
insert the tongue plate or similar
small rigid device into the web
release hole (C). Pull up on the
seat belt web (A) and allow the
webbing to retract automatically.
OYP034266N
3. Insert the tongue plate into the
holder (1) in seat belt and then
insert the mini tongue into the hole
on the belt assembly cover.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat belt
CAUTION
■ 2nd row seat (for 2nd row center seat, if equipped)
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
OYP034214N
OYP034267N
■ 3rd row
OYP034212N
3 46
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
Safety features of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
OXMA033101
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD
(Emergency
Fastening
Device)). The pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated, when a
frontal collision is severe enough,
together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Skin Irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
ODMESA2024
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
3 48
✽ NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner
system may be activated not only
in certain frontal collision but also
in certain side collision or rollover,
if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light
on
the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system
are not working properly, this warning light will illuminate even if there is
no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned ON, or if it remains
illuminated after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
✽ NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
WARNING - Hot pretensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pretensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belt precautions
✽ NOTICE
Infant or small child
Most countries have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your country. Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Safety
Standards of your Country. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of
your Country. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in
this section.
3 50
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
13) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 13 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 13 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
3 52
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pinched seat
belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a
vehicle that has been closed up
in sunny weather. They could
burn infants and children.
Safety features of your vehicle
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING - Restraint
Location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag
and seriously injured.
WARNING - Hot Child
Restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
3 54
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large
for a child restraint must use the seat
belts provided.
Most countries have child restraint
laws which require children to travel
in approved child restraint devices.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among countries, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Safety Standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Safety features of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
- Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of serious injury or death in an
accident. Always take the following precautions when using
a child restraint system:
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have a Kia
dealer check the child restraint
system, seat belts, tether
anchors and lower anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Safety Standards of your country.
• Select a child restraint based on
your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Holding
Children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
3 56
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle. The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in injuries
to the child in the vehicle.
WARNING - Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
Safety features of your vehicle
CRS09
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child
rear-facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
OUN026150
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-facing child restraint, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have
the seat belt fit properly. For a seat
belt to fit properly, the lap belt must
lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder
and chest and not across the neck or
face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and
must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
3 58
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchor system
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.
■ 2nd row outboard seat
OYP034273N
■ 3rd row seat
OYP034269N
OYP036270N
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear cushions.
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
between the child restraint seat
and the headrest remove the particular head restraint for better fitment of the child restraint seat.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
Check that the child restraint system
is secure by pushing and pulling it in
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or serious
injury.
3 59
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat with
child seat lower anchor system
WARNING - Unused rear
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child strangulation.
Lower Anchor
OYP034277N
OYP034289N
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 60
Child restraint symbols are located
on the 2nd row outboard seat backs
and 3rd row right seat back to indicate the position of the lower anchors
for child restraints.
Install the child restraint seat fully
rearward against the seatback with
the seatback reclined two positions
from the most upright latched position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
Lower Anchor
OYP034277N
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap belt or lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING - LATCH lower
anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
3 61
Safety features of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the child restraint, following the
restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
E2MS103005
OEN036101
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
mode to secure a child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
Position the release button so that
it is easy to access in case of an
emergency.
3 62
Safety features of your vehicle
ODM036071
OTAM031103
OEN036104
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" (child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
3 63
Safety features of your vehicle
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
✽ NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child
restraint can move when your
vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
3 64
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side air bag
Curtain air bag
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts
provided in order to minimize
the risk and severity of injury in
the event of a collision or
rollover.
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP034278N
3 65
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START position.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3 66
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
• When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly.
The speed of the air bag inflation is
a consequence of extremely short
time in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of the air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 25 cm (10 in.) from
your chest to the steering wheel
is recommended. Failure to do
so can result in airbag inflation
injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due
to the contact of your chest with both
the seat belt and the air bag, as well
as from breathing the smoke and
powder. Open your doors and/or
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING - Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as the
instrument panel, windows, pillars, and roof rails. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the air bag deploys.
3 67
Safety features of your vehicle
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
WARNING - Air bag
Air bag warning light
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
1JBH3051
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 68
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS components and functions
(10) PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s
seat only)
(11) Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
(12) Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
(13) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
(14) Side pressure sensor
W7-147
OYP034279N
The SRS consists of the following
components:
(1) Driver's front air bag module
(2) Passenger's front air bag module
(3) Side air bag modules
(4) Curtain air bag modules
(5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
(6) Air bag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors
The SRS continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
If the air bag warning light illuminated for more than, 6 seconds after the
ignition is turned on, or of it illuminates during vehicle operation, an
SRS component may not be functioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
3 69
Safety features of your vehicle
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
in the air bag system. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the air
bag system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
3 70
Driver’s front air bag (1)
Driver’s front air bag (2)
B240B01L
B240B02L
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
B240B03L
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
B240B05L
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the air
bag deploys.
3 71
Safety features of your vehicle
• If an air bag deploys, there may be
a loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in
this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may
cause skin or eye irritation as well
as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 72
✽ NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition switch.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
■ Type A
OYP036280N
■ Type B
OYP036281N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag
indicator.
Main components of the occupant detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which determines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• A indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate size,
and he/she sits properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag will
be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
3 73
Safety features of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the
safety belt properly) for the most
effective protection by the air bag and
the safety belt.
3 74
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
Condition detected by the
occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
Off
Off
Activated
2. Child restraint system*
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. There is a malfunction
in the system
Off
On
Activated
1. Adult or child*1
2
WARNING
When the passenger is not sitting properly in the passenger
seat, or some items are placed
on or under the passenger seat,
it may interfere with normal
operation of the ODS (Occupant
Detection System). In order for
the driver and all passengers to
receive maximum benefit from
the airbag and seat belt system,
all persons should seat and
wear the seat belt properly.
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS,
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat.
2
* : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
3 75
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
When the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF””
symbol is illuminated, the passenger
air bag system will not operate. The
passenger air bag system will operate when necessary if the symbol is
not illuminated.
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
3 76
WARNING - ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may
result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
OVQ036013N
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load or an
active electronic device on
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place feet on the dashboard.
OVQ036014N
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 77
Safety features of your vehicle
This will allow the system to detect
the person and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
Proper position
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position.
3 78
WARNING - “AIR BAG
OFF” light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator
is
illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to air
bag deactivation resulting in air
bag non-deployment in a collision. If the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator remains
illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly and the car is restarted, it is
recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag
will not deploy.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant detection system, never install a child
restraint system in the front passenger's seat. A deploying air bag
can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death. Any
child age 13 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large
for child restraints should use the
available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator is illuminated when
the front passenger's seat is occupied by an adult and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the
seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
Any child age 13 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
✽ NOTICE
The front passenger seat, dashboard
or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and the air bag system.
3 79
Safety features of your vehicle
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passenger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
■ Driver’s front air bag
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OYP037039
OYP034040
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
3 80
The indication of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG" located on the air bag pad cover on the
steering wheel and the passenger's
side front panel pad above the glove
box.
Safety features of your vehicle
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under certain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
chapter.
WARNING
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
Modification to the seat structure can cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than
should be provided.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
3 81
Safety features of your vehicle
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle's advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia's toll-free
Customer Experience Department at
1-877-KIA-AUTO (1-877-542-2886).
However, Kia does not endorse nor
will it support any changes to any
part or structure of the vehicle that
could affect the advanced air bag
system, including the occupant
detection system.
3 82
✽ NOTICE
The front passenger seat, dashboard
or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and the air bag system.
✽ NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags
are not intended to deploy in sideimpact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. However, when frontal deployment threshold is satisfied at sideimpact, front air bags may deploy. In
addition, front air bags will not deploy
in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold or when the pre-tensioner seat belts can provide sufficient protection.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - No attaching
objects
No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder, cup
holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near the
air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove
box. Such objects could cause
harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy. Do not place any
objects over the air bag or
between the air bag and yourself.
Side air bag
OYP034041
OYP034064
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact. However, when side deployment threshold is satisfied at frontimpact, side air bags may deploy.
• The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
3 83
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side
air bag.
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's
seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side air bag as
this may affect the deployment
of the side air bags.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags
and an occupant detection system.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
3 84
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deployment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
Curtain air bag
OYP034065N
OYP034066N
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from ejecting out of the vehicle as a result of a
rollover, especially when the seatbelts are also in use.
• The curtain air bags are designed
to deploy during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
point of impact. However, when
side deployment threshold is satisfied at front-impact, curtain air
bags may deploy.
• The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
side.
• Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 85
Safety features of your vehicle
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the window
or place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
✽ NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air
bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the coat hook.
3 86
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
Air bag collision sensors
OYP038042N/OYP036043/OYP038044N/OYP034045/OYP034046
❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side pressure sensor
3 87
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious bodily
injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
3 88
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors and/or B pillar where side
collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
OYP034070
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
OYP038068N
OYP034066N
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. side
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other type
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors.
Side air bag and/or curtain air bags
may also inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a
rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations,
incluiding when the vehicle is tilted
while being towed. Even where side
and/or curtain air bags would not
provide impact protection in a
rollover, however, they will deploy to
prevent ejection of occupants, especially those who are restrained with
seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
3 89
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OYP034070
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
3 90
OYP034071
OYP038068N
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
Safety features of your vehicle
OYP034073
OYP034074
1VQA2091
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents where the SRS
indicates that the front air bag
deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
3 91
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, have
your vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OYP038075N
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
3 92
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious bodily injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of bodily injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
Air bag warning label
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
OYP034047N
WARNING - Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off
when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may
inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the Canada Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),
are attached to the sunvisor to alert
the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system
3 93
Features of your vehicle
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Limp home (override) procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
• Opening the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Power sliding door and power liftgate . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Automatic stop and reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• How to reset the power sliding door and
power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Power door on/off button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Power sliding door operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Power liftgate operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Power liftgate opening height user setting . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle. . . . . 4-26
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-28
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Automatic door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
4
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Trip modes (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
• Tilting the sunroof (for front sunroof) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
• Rear sunroof lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
• Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Accumulated driving information mode. . . . . . . . . 4-101
• One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
• Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• Smart shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• Assist mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
• Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
4
• Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
• Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
• Transmission shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Parking distance warning-reverse . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse. 4-128
• Non-operational conditions of the parking distance
warning-reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Parking distance warning-reverse precautions . . . 4-130
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Parking distance warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
• Operation of the parking distance warning . . . . . . 4-133
• Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Rear view monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
360° camera monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
• High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-173
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
• Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
• Rear climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-189
4
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-191
Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-214
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-216
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-197
4
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-200
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-200
• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-200
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-203
• AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-204
• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-212
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-212
• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-214
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-216
• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-216
• How vehicle radio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-217
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-220
• IC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-220
Features of your vehicle
FOLDING KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe place,
but not in the vehicle.
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically. To fold the key, fold the
key manually while pressing the
release button.
Key operations
■ Type A
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
OYP048344N
■ Type B
OYP048168N
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Aftermarket
key
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage
to the starter motor and possible fire due to excessive current
in the wiring.
WARNING - Ignition key
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children. Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with a manual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
result in serious bodily injury or
death.
Door Lock (1)
■ Type A
OYP044169K
■ Type B
OYP044170N
4 6
Features of your vehicle
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
2. Press the lock button (1).
3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
Door Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button (2).
2. The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
3. Press the unlock button (2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
liftgate will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
✽ NOTICE
Left power sliding door opening
or closing (if equipped) (3)
When the power door ON/OFF button is ON (not depressed):
The left sliding door is opened or
closed automatically if the button is
pressed and held.
When the left sliding door is closed
and more than one door is locked, and
the button is pressed for more than
one second all doors will be unlocked.
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
Right power sliding door opening
or closing (if equipped) (4)
When the power door ON/OFF button is ON (not depressed) :
The right sliding door is opened or
closed automatically if the button is
pressed and held.
When the right sliding door is closed
and more than one door is locked, and
the button is pressed for more than
one second all doors will be unlocked.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Power sliding door and power
liftgate” in this chapter.
The power doors can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the power doors consume
large amounts of vehicle electric
power. To prevent the battery from
being discharged, do not operate
them at the same time.
4 8
Liftgate unlock (5)
The liftgate is unlocked if the button
is pressed for more than 1 second.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will be locked
automatically.
• For Power Liftgate Only:
The Power Liftgate will open if the
button is pressed for more than 1
second. Also, once the liftgate is
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Power sliding door and power
liftgate” in this chapter.
Panic (6)
The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 27 seconds
if this button is pressed for more than
0.5 second. To stop the horn and
lights, press any button on the transmitter.
Features of your vehicle
Transmitter precautions
• The transmitter will not work if any
of following occur:
- The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
- You exceed the operating distance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
- The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
- Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio substation or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation of
the transmitter.
• When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the ignition key. If you have a
problem with the transmitter, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the transmitter is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the transmitter and your mobile phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
always try to maintain an adequate
distance between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly.
✽ NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
OYDDCO2005
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
battery which will normally last for
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned battery.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 10
For replacement transmitters, see an
authorized Kia dealer for transmitter
reprogramming.
• The transmitter is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
•
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and may cause
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
Do not drop, wet or expose the
keyless entry system transmitter to heat or sunlight.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry
Canada
licenceexempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Features of your vehicle
Immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever you insert your ignition key into
the ignition switch and turn it to ON,
it checks and determines and verifies
if the ignition key is valid.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid
ignition key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your
Immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
✽ NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
4 12
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt
RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not approved by
the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
Limp home (override) procedure
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON position, if the immobilizer
indicator (
) goes off after blinking 5 times, your transponder
equipped in the ignition key is out of
order. You cannot start the engine
without the limp home procedure. To
start the engine, you have to input
your password by using the ignition
switch. Your password is only available from an authorized Kia dealership. Contact an authorized dealer
for more information.
The following procedure is how to
input your password of “2345” as an
example.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. The immobilizer indicator
(
) will blink 5 times and go off
indicating the beginning of the limp
home procedure.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position.
3. To enter the first digit (in this
example “2”), turn the ignition
switch to the ON and ACC position
twice. Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3
seconds and 10 seconds (for
example, for “3”, turn the ignition
ON and ACC 3 times).
4. If all of the digits have been input
successfully, you have to start the
engine within 30 seconds. If you
attempt to start the engine after 30
seconds, the engine will not start
and you will have to input your
password again.
After performing the limp home procedure, you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to
inspect and repair your ignition key
or immobilizer system.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the bar
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys,
this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys
easily. Remove the bar code tag and
store it in a safe place. Also, record
the code number and keep it in a
safe and handy place, but not in the
vehicle.
Smart key function
WARNING - Smart key
OYP044002K
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start
the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
4 14
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children. Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with a manual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
Features of your vehicle
Door Lock
Using the door handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
3. Press the button of the outside
door handle.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.
■ Type A
OYP044025K
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m
(28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door
handle.
• In some instances, when the outside door button is pressed, the
doors will not lock and the chime
will sound for 3 seconds if any of
following occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the liftgate is
open.
OYP044003K
4 15
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
2. Press the lock button (1).
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
4. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.
4 16
Unlocking
Using the door handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's
outside door handle.
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
4. Press the button twice within 4
seconds and all doors and the liftgate will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m
(28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door
handle.
• When the smart key is recognized in
the area of 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.)
from the front outside door handle,
other people can also open the
doors.
• After unlocking the driver’s door
or all doors, the door(s) will lock
automatically unless the door is
opened.
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the unlock button (2) of the
smart key.
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
3. Press the unlock button (2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
the liftgate will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
✽ NOTICE
After pressing the button, the doors
will lock automatically unless any
door is opened within 30 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
Left or Right power sliding door
opening or closing (if equipped)
This function will operate when the
power door ON/OFF button is ON
(not depressed).
Using the power sliding door handle
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Pull the power sliding door handle
once.
3. The power sliding door will be
opened or closed automatically. At
this time, the hazard warning
lights will blink and the chime will
sound two times.
Liftgate unlocking
Using the liftgate handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the liftgate handle button.
3. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
✽ NOTICE
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28
~ 40 in.) from the liftgate handle.
Using the button on the smart key
Press and hold the power sliding
door open (or close) button (3), (4)
more than 1 second.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Power sliding door and power
liftgate” in this chapter.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the liftgate unlock button (5)
for more than 1 second.
2. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
• For Power Liftgate Only:
The Power Liftgate will open if the
button is pressed for more than 1
second. Also, once the liftgate is
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Power sliding door and power
liftgate”in this chapter.
4 18
Panic
1. Press the panic button (6) for more
than 1 second.
2. The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flash for about 27
seconds.
✽ NOTICE
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Engine start/stop button” in
chapter 5.
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the
engine. You should immediately take
the vehicle and remaining key to your
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehicle, if necessary) to protect it from
potential theft.
Features of your vehicle
Smart key precautions
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
a call, receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
• Do not leave the smart key near
metallic objects such as golf bags,
metal cases and so on.
• Door Lock/Unlock failure or poor
starting can occur when the smart
key is placed near metallic objects.
• Always carry your smart key when
you leave the car. An unattended
smart key close to the vehicle can
cause the vehicle battery to be discharged.
• Internal circuit damage may occur
when the key comes into contact
with moisture (beverage, water etc.)
or heat. Damage to the smart key
due to exposure to liquids or heat is
not covered by the manufacturer's
vehicle warranty.
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
OYP044005K
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Pry open the rear cover.
3. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
4 20
4. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
•
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment
and human health. Dispose
the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry
Canada
licenceexempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Features of your vehicle
Smart key immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
smart key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever you turn the engine start/stop
button to the ON position by pressing
the button while carrying the smart
key, it checks and determines and
verifies if the smart key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically.
Without a valid smart key for your
vehicle, the engine will not start.
• Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
• Metal accessories may interrupt
the transponder signal and may
prevent the engine from being
started.
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity or rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
4 22
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle. This system is operated in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and liftgate) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system (or
smart key) or ignition key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
(for smart key, the chime also
sounds) once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or engine
hood remains open, the hazard
warning lights and the chime will not
operate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors (and liftgate) and
engine hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
✽ NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deactivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate)
or engine hood is opened within
30 seconds after the system
enters the armed stage, the system is disarmed to prevent an
unnecessary alarm.
4 24
Theft-alarm stage
Disarmed stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened without using the ignition key or transmitter (or smart key).
• The liftgate is opened without using
the transmitter (or smart key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the alarm will sound for around
30 seconds, and then stop for 10
seconds. This pattern will repeat
twice unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock
the doors with the ignition key or
transmitter (or smart key).
The system will be disarmed when
• The doors (and liftgate) are
unlocked with the transmitter (or
smart key) or the ignition key.
• The power sliding door out handle
is pulled while the power door
ON/OFF button is ON (not
depressed).
After depressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key
into the ignition switch, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the
system will be disarmed.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, press the engine
start/stop button with smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Adjusting
alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the theft-alarm system are
not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
OYP048009N
• Turn the key clockwise to lock (1)
and counterclockwise to unlock
(2).
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all vehicle doors will lock automatically.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
4 26
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
• Securely close your door
before you begin driving.
Failure to fully close your door
may cause it to open during
vehicle operation.
• Keep your body out of the way
of the closing door to prevent
injuries.
WARNING
If people must spend a longer
time in the vehicle while it is
very hot or cold outside, there
is rick of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from
the outside when there are people in it.
CAUTION
Do not open and close the door
repeatedly if unnecessary or
with excessive force. Such
action can damage the vehicle
door.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Partially
opened sliding door
When opening the rear sliding
doors, make sure the doors are
fully opened and locked in position. If the sliding doors are only
partially opened and not locked
in position, the rear sliding
doors may move unintentionally
causing injuries.
OYP044172K
• Once the doors are unlocked, the
rear doors may be opened by
pulling the door handle and sliding
the door towards the rear of the
vehicle. (for manual sliding doors)
• Once the doors are unlocked, the
rear doors may be opened by
pulling the door handle once. And
then the sliding door will be
opened. (for power sliding doors)
OYP044173K
CAUTION
The left sliding door cannot be
opened when the fuel filler lid is
open. However, if the fuel filler
lid is opened after the door is
opened slightly, the left sliding
door can be slid rearward. Close
the left sliding door to prevent
possible damage to the door or
the fuel filler lid.
• When the door is fully open, the
door will lock into an open position.
To close the door, pull out the door
handle (1) and slide the door (2)
towards the front of vehicle. (for
manual sliding doors)
• When the door is fully open, the
door will lock into an open position.
To close the door, pull out the door
handle (1) once. And then the sliding door will be closed. (for power
sliding doors)
4 27
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
OYP044010K
• To lock a door without the key, push
the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to the “Lock”
position when the ignition switch is
OFF position and close the door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
4 28
OYP044011K
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
Features of your vehicle
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward. (for front door)
• To open a door, pull the door handle
rearward (for sliding door)
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and open
the liftgate.
With central door lock switch
Driver’s door
OYP044012K
Passenger’s door
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of driver’s (or passenger’s)
door while the vehicle is moving.
OYP044013K
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the right portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
• When pressing the left portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch (or
if the smart key is in the vehicle)
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock even though the
front portion (1) of the central door
lock switch is pressed.
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a
door when something is
approaching can cause damage or injury.
4 30
WARNING
- Unattended children/
CAUTION - Sliding door
hinge
animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle
OYP044175K
When getting in and out of the
sliding door, do not step on the
sliding door hinge or drop or
put heavy objects on the hinge.
The door may not open or close
normally if the door hinge or
wire is damaged.
Features of your vehicle
Impact sensing door unlock
system
Child-protector rear door lock
In the event of air bag deployment
resulting from a vehicle impact, all
doors will automatically unlock.
Automatic door lock system
All doors will be automatically locked
if the automatic transmission shift
lever is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle.
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (1)
until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
OYP044014K
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is moving, they may fall
out.
2. Push the child safety lock located
on the front edge of the door to the
lock (
) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate)
Opening the liftgate
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the liftgate.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
OYP048015
• The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, transmitter
(or smart key) or central door lock
switch.
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle up.
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate is locked automatically.
4 32
CAUTION
- Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the liftgate
is not closed prior to driving.
Features of your vehicle
Closing the liftgate
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
The liftgate should always be
kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, poisonous
exhaust gases may enter the
car and serious illness or death
may result.
OYP048016
To close the liftgate, lower and push
down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
that the liftgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Power liftgate (if equipped)
Detailed information for the power
liftgate is described in the following
“Power sliding door and power liftgate” section.
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints
are
available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained.
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are
safely out of the way before
closing the liftgate.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
Emergency liftgate safety
release
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
OYP048320
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the liftgate. If someone is inadvertently
locked in the cargo area, the liftgate
can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
4 34
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the
liftgate latch and striker while
closing the liftgate. It may damage the liftgate's latch.
Features of your vehicle
POWER SLIDING DOOR AND POWER LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)
On the liftgate
On the overhead console
OYP048017N
OYP048027
On the outside handle
On the center pillar trim
OYP048018N
The power sliding doors and power
liftgate can be opened and closed
automatically with the folding key or
smart key, the main control buttons
on the overhead console or the sub
control buttons on the center pillar
trim and the liftgate.
When the power door ON/OFF button is OFF (depressed), the power
sliding door and power liftgate can
be opened and closed manually by
pulling the door handles from inside
or outside vehicle.
OYP048345N
(1) Left power sliding door control button
(2) Right power sliding door control button
(3) Power liftgate control button*
(4) Power door ON/OFF button
(5) Power sliding door control button on the outside handle
*: if equipped
4 35
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unattended
children/pets
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might operate the power sliding door or
power liftgate that could result in
injury to themselves or others or
damage to the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
If the power sliding door is open
approximately 6 hours, the ECU will
enter Sleep mode to conserve battery
power and the door might not close
automatically. Close the door or liftgate manually and then operate the
door with the power operating system.
4 36
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power sliding doors and liftgate may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• The power sliding door and power
liftgate can be operated when the
engine is not running. However
the power operation consumes
large amounts of vehicle electric
power. To prevent the battery
from being discharged, do not
operate them excessively.
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the power
sliding door and power liftgate at
open position for a long lime.
• When jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
do not operate the power sliding
door or power liftgate. This could
cause the power sliding door or
power liftgate to operate improperly.
✽ NOTICE
When the sliding doors are opened
manually (power OFF), more effort
will be required to open and close
than on non-power sliding doors.
Features of your vehicle
Automatic stop and reversal
CAUTION - Operating
sliding door/liftgate
Do not apply excessive force
while operating the power sliding door or power liftgate. This
could cause damage to the
power sliding door or power liftgate.
OYP044041K
OYP044042K
If the power opening or closing is
blocked by an object or part of the
body, the power sliding door and power
liftgate will detect the resistance, chime
3 times, and then either stop or move
to the full open position.
However, if the resistance is weak
such as an object that is thin or soft, or
the door is near latched position, the
automatic stop and reversal may not
detect the resistance and closing operation will continue. Also, if the power
sliding door or power liftgate is forced
by strong impact, the automatic stop
and reversal may operate.
If the automatic stop and reversal
feature operates continuously more
than twice during one opening or
closing operation, the power sliding
door or power liftgate may stop at
that position. At this time, close the
doors manually and operate the door
automatically again.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
How to reset the power sliding
door and power liftgate
The automatic stop and reversal
feature is a supplemental feature. Do not solely rely on this
function when closing the sliding door. Make sure that no
objects or body parts are in the
way of the sliding door before
closing it.
OYP048020
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the related fuse has
been replaced or disconnected, and
the power sliding door or power liftgate doesn't work properly, the
power sliding door and power liftgate
must be reset as follows:
4 38
For power sliding door
1. Put the shift lever in the P (Park).
2. Change the position of fuse switch
to OFF on the driver's side fuse
panel and change the position of
fuse switch to ON after 1 minute.
3. Close the sliding door manually.
4. Open the sliding door completely
using the transmitter or main control button on the overhead console.
5. Close the sliding door completely
using the transmitter or main control button on the overhead console.
If the power sliding door or power liftgate doesn't work properly after
above procedure, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
For power liftgate
1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
2. Press the liftgate handle switch
and liftgate close button at the
same time for more than 3 seconds. (the chime will sound).
3. Close the liftgate manually.
4. Open the liftgate using the liftgate
handle switch and allow it to fully
open.
5. After fully opening, the liftgate will
complete initialization and lights
will flash twice indicating reset
complete.
If the power liftgate does not work
properly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Power door ON/OFF button
✽ NOTICE
Do not allow children to play with
the power sliding door or power liftgate. Keep the power door ON/OFF
button in the OFF (depressed) position when not in use.
OYP044021K
When the power door ON/OFF button is ON (not depressed), the power
sliding door and power liftgate can
be controlled with the sub control
buttons on the center pillar trim or liftgate. Also, the doors can be opened
and closed automatically by pulling
the inside or outside door handles.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Power sliding door operation
On the center pillar trim
Close the sliding door and liftgate,
and keep the power door ON/OFF
button in the OFF (depressed) position before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash.
✽ NOTICE
When the sliding doors and power
liftgate are opened manually (power
OFF), more effort will be required to
open and close than on non-power
sliding doors and non-power liftgate.
OYP044023K
On the outside handle
OYP044022K
• Push the corresponding main control button on the overhead console to open or close the power
sliding door.
However, the power sliding door
will not open with the main control
button when all power sliding doors
and power taligate are locked and
closed.
4 40
OYP048346N
• When the power door ON/OFF button is ON (not depressed), do as
follows to open or close the power
sliding doors:
- Push the corresponding sub control button on the center pillar trim.
- Push the corresponding sub control button on the out side handle.
Features of your vehicle
- Pull the door handle from inside
or outside vehicle.
- If the sub control button is pushed
while the door is locked or child
safety lock is engaged, the chime
sounds once, and the power sliding door will not open.
- If the door handle is pulled from
inside or outside while the door is
locked or child safety lock is
engaged, the power sliding door
will not open. However, the power
sliding door can be opened by
pushing the corresponding sub
control button on the out side
handle while the door is unlocked
and child safety lock is engaged.
• When the power door ON/OFF button is OFF (depressed), the power
sliding door cannot be controlled
with the sub control buttons or door
handles, and if the sub control button is pushed, chime sounds once.
However, the doors can be opened
and closed manually by pulling the
door handles from inside or outside vehicle.
• On a steep grade, the power sliding door will slide faster when closing. And the drive unit motor may
operate additionally for a moment
after the door is closed. This is a
normal operation to ensure door
closing, not a malfunction.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is moving, they may fall
out.
When the rear passenger operates
the power sliding door, make sure
there are no people or objects
around the door, and have all occupants get in or out of the vehicle after
the door is open fully and stopped.
Let the rear passengers get in or out
of the vehicle after the door is open
fully. Sudden closing could cause a
serious injury. Close the door by
pulling the door handle after the door
is open fully. Do not pull the door
handle while rear passengers are
getting in or out. The door could suddenly close by itself and cause a
serious injury. It takes about 5 seconds for the power sliding door to
close and latch completely.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Power sliding
door
Do not begin to accelerate
before the door closes and
latches completely. If the door
is not completely closed while
the vehicle is moving, the door
can open and passengers can
fall out of the vehicle.
• The left power sliding door cannot
be opened while the fuel filler lid is
open fully. If the main or sub control
button is pushed, the chime
sounds once. Also, if the fuel filler
lid open button is pushed while the
left power sliding door is opening,
the chime sounds 3 times.
✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid is opened when
the left sliding door is not closed
completely, the door may be opened.
Close the left sliding door before
refueling to prevent possible damage to the door or the fuel filler lid.
4 42
• If the power sliding door is not
closed and latched completely
after power closing operation, the
chime sounds 3 times. Open and
close the door again.
• If the power sliding door is operated while the door is in partially
opened position (less than 12
in./300 mm), the door is automatically opened fully.
• If the power sliding door is operated while the door is in half-opened
position (more than 300 mm/12
in.), the door is automatically
closed completely.
• If the power sliding door is operated
again while the door is closing, the
door is automatically opened fully.
• If the power sliding door is operated
again while the door is opening, the
door is automatically closed completely. However, If the power sliding door is operated again when
the door is in partially opened position (less than 300 mm/12 in.), the
door is opened continuously.
Features of your vehicle
• The half-opened power sliding door
is automatically opened or closed
fully by pushing the door forward or
backward without pulling the door
handle while the power door
ON/OFF button is in ON (not
depressed). However, when the
door is in partially opened position
(less than 300 mm/12 in.), the door
is not closed automatically.
Power sliding door non-opening
conditions
The power sliding door is not automatically opened, but closed under
the following conditions. If the main
or sub control button is pushed for
power opening operation, the chime
sounds once.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position,
1. Vehicle is moving above 5 km/h (3
mph).
2. The gearshift lever is not in P
(Park) for automatic transmission.
Power liftgate operation
(if equipped)
OYP044026K
• Push the power liftgate main control button for approximately 1 second on the overhead console to
open or close the power liftgate.
However, the power liftgate will not
open with the main control button
when all power sliding doors and
power liftgate are locked and
closed. But the power liftgate will
be opened with the folding key (or
smart key).
4 43
Features of your vehicle
• When the power liftgate is operated with the main or sub control button or transmitter, the chime
sounds and hazard warning lights
flash 2 times.
OYP048446
• When the power door ON/OFF button is ON (not depressed), do as
follows to open or close the power
liftgate:
- Pushing the sub control button on
the bottom of the liftgate will close
the power liftgate automatically.
- Pressing and pulling up the liftgate handle slightly will open the
power liftgate automatically when
the liftgate is unlocked.
4 44
• When the power door ON/OFF button is OFF (depressed), the power
liftgate cannot be controlled with
the sub control buttons or liftgate
handle.
However, the liftgate may be
opened manually by pulling the
exterior handle and lifting the liftgate upward. The liftgate may be
manually closed by pushing the liftgate downward.
• Do not drive the vehicle until the
power liftgate completely closed.
The power liftgate may not close
completely if the vehicle is started
during automatic closing.
✽ NOTICE
The button on the liftgate will not
illuminated and operated when the
power door ON/OFF button is OFF
(depressed).
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not operate
normally, first check the following
condition before using the power
liftgate.
• Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
• Make sure the Power Liftgate Off
switch is not pressed.
If any of the power liftgate buttons
are pressed while the power liftgate
is in operation, the power liftgate
will stop. If any button is pressed
again the power liftgate will reverse
direction.
• Even though the Power door
ON/OFF button is in the OFF
(depressed) position, if the liftgate
is manually closed to the secondary latch position, the liftgate will
be electrically moved to the fully
latched position. Make sure that
face, arms, hands, and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before operating the liftgate.
• The chime will sound and the hazard warning flasher will blink 10
times if you drive with the liftgate
closed but not fully secured. Stop
your vehicle immediately at a safe
place to check if your liftgate is
securely locked.
• If the power liftgate is not closed
and latched completely after power
closing operation, the chime will
sound and hazard warning lights
will blink 10 times. Stop the driving
immediately and close the liftgate
securely at the safe place.
• If the power liftgate is operated
while the liftgate is in the partially
opened position (more than
9degrees), the liftgate will stop the
operation. If you operate the power
liftgate again, the power liftgate will
be operate in the opposite direction.
• If the power liftgate is operated
while the liftgate is in the partially
closed
position
(less
than
degrees), the liftgate will open fully.
• If the power liftgate is operated while
the liftgate is in the partially opened
position (less than 9degrees), the
liftgate will stop at approximately
9degree open position.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
before operating the power
liftgate. Wait until the liftgate
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo or passengers from the
vehicle.
• Make sure the liftgate is
closed firmly before driving. If
the liftgate is open, you will
draw dangerous exhaust
fumes into your vehicle which
can cause serious injury or
death to vehicle occupants.
4 46
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
The power liftgate will not open automatically, but will close under the following conditions.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position,
1. Vehicle is moving above 3 km/h (2
mph).
2. The gearshift lever is not in P
(Park) for automatic transmission.
The chime will sound continuously if
you drive over 3 km/h (2 mph) with
the liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle
at a safe place as soon as possible
to check if your liftgate is opened.
Power liftgate opening height
user setting
OYP048446
The driver may set the height of a
fully opened liftgate by following the
below instruction.
1. Confirm the position of the power
door ON/OFF button is ON (not
depressed).
2. Position the liftgate manually or
via automatic operation to the
height you prefer.
Features of your vehicle
3. Press the liftgate close button for
more than 3 seconds.
4. You will hear the system beep
twice indicating height has been
set up.
WARNING
Emergency liftgate safety
release
The liftgate will open to the height
the driver has set up.
OYP048247
Make sure that there are no people or objects in the path of the
power liftgate (or smart liftgate)
prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to
surrounding objects may result
if contact with the power liftgate
(or smart liftgate) occurs.
OYP048447
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the liftgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the cargo area, the liftgate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
OYP048028
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened using
the Smart liftgate system.
If the power door ON/OFF button is
in the OFF (depressed) position, the
smart liftgate will not operate.
4 48
How to use the Smart Liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no
touch activation if the conditions
below are satisfied :
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• The smart key in the detecting
area for more than 3 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate does not operate when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is continuously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 1.5
m (60 inches) from the front door
handles. (for vehicles equipped
with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
User Settings Mode and select
Smart Liftgate on the LCD display.
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the liftgate to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detecting
area with the smart key. The liftgate
will stay closed.
❈ For more information, refer to
the “LCD Display” section in
this chapter.
OYP048029
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~ 40 inches)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and chime will sound for about
3 seconds to alert you the smart key
has been detected and the liftgate
will open.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
OYP048030
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the liftgate will open.
4 50
Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Make
sure objects in the liftgate do not
come out when opening the liftgate
on a slope. It may cause serious
injury. Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Liftgate when washing your
vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate may
open inadvertently.
WARNING
The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children may
inadvertently open the Smart
Liftgate while playing around
the rear area of the vehicle.
CAUTION
- Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the liftgate
is not closed prior to driving.
Features of your vehicle
How to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate function using the smart
key
OYP044078K
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open/close
4. Panic
5. Right side power sliding door
open/close
6. Left side power sliding door
open/close
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Liftgate function for emergency situations.
✽ NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any
door for 30 seconds, the smart liftgate function will be activated
again.
• If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the
liftgate opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3)
when the Smart Liftgate function
is not in the Detect and Alert stage,
the smart liftgate function will not
be deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and
opened a door, the smart liftgate
function can be activated again by
closing and locking all doors.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
Detecting area
✽ NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~
40 inches) from the liftgate.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
• The Smart Liftgate function will
not work if any of the following
occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
OYP048031C
4 52
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down* (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window and rear sunroof*
lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OYP048032N
4 53
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the operation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the ignition key is removed or turned
to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. However, if the front doors are
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 second period.
If the window cannot be close
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately 2.5 cm (1
in.) If you experience the noise with
the sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
4 54
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories
in the area of windows. It may
impact jam protection.
Window opening and closing
OYP044035K
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver's and passenger's
window and continue pulling up
the driver’s power window switch
for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.
OUN026013
OYP044033K
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
or raises the window even when the
switch is released. To stop the window
at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press
down and release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.) .
4 55
Features of your vehicle
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when
the “auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories
in the vehicle that extend into
the open window area. Such
objects could prevent the automatic reverse feature from functioning.
4 56
WARNING
Power window and rear sunroof*
lock button
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 4 mm
(0.16 in.) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direction.
OYP044036K
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn’t activate while resetting
power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on a rear passenger door and the rear sunroof switch
on a rear passenger room lamp by
depressing the power window and
rear sunroof lock switch on the driver’s door to LOCK (pressed).
* : if equipped
Features of your vehicle
When the power window and rear
sunroof lock switch is pressed:
• The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
• The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's
power window.
• The rear sunroof control cannot
operate the rear sunroof. But the
front master sunroof control can
operate both front and rear sunroofs (if equipped).
CAUTION - Opening/closing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
WARNING - Power windows
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock button
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
• Do not extend any face or
arms outside through the window opening while driving.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
Opening the hood
OYP044037K
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
4 58
OYP048038N
OYP044039K
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3. Pull out the support rod.
4. Hold the hood opened with the
support rod.
WARNING - Stay Rod
• To prevent from being burned
by hot metal, grab the stay rod
in the area wrapped in rubber.
• Ensure the stay rod is completely inserted into the hole
provided whenever you inspect
the engine compartment. This
will prevent the hood from
falling and possibly injuring
you.
Features of your vehicle
Hood open warning
Closing the hood
OYP048389N
The warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or
above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood
open.
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm (1 ft.) above the closed position and let it drop. Make sure that
it locks into place.
4. Check that the hood has engaged
properly. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not properly engaged
Open it again and close it with a little more force.
CAUTION - Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are
removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood
opening may result in property
damage.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an
accident.
4 60
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
Opening the fuel filler lid
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽ NOTICE
OYP048044N
OYP044043K
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler lid opener.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the
fuel filler lid opener button.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD (On-Board
Diagnostics) system.
✽ NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
position.
If you move your vehicle to a level
ground, the fuel gauge will move to
the full position.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Refueling
WARNING - Fire/explo-
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap. If
pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of
fire and burns.
sion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facility. Failure to follow all warnings
will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open warning
indicator
light will illuminate
4 62
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling since you can generate
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must
reenter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Portable fuel
container
When using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure
to place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the
vehicle should be maintained
until the filling is complete. Use
only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
WARNING - Cell phone
WARNING - Refueling &
fires
Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current
and/or electronic interference
from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in chapter 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control system.
Emergency fuel filler lid release
CAUTION - Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
4 64
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.
OYP044165K
If the fuel filler lid does not open
using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually by
pulling the handle outward slightly.
Features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Front (Type A for Dual Sunroof)
OYP044046K
■ Front(Type B for Single Sunroof)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
For a vehicle with a single sunroof, a
sunroof switch for the rear seats is
not equipped.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.
However, if the front door is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated even
within the 30 second period.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing conditions. After the vehicle is
washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to
wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
OYP048046N
■ Rear (for Dual Sunroof)
OYP044047K
4 65
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or property damage.
WARNING - Roof cargo
Sliding the sunroof
Do not operate the sun roof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo. This may cause
the cargo to come loose and
distract the driver.
■ Front
WARNING
Do not allow children to operate
the sunroof. This may result in
injury to the child.
■ Rear
OYP044048K
CAUTION
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause vehicle damage.
4 66
Features of your vehicle
To open the sunroof automatically:
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position
and then release it.
The sunroof will open as below:
- Front sunroof : sunroof will slide all
the way open.
- Rear sunroof : sunroof will not
open fully.
To open the sun roof fully, pull the
sunroof control lever again.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever briefly.
To close the sunroof automatically:
Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position
and then release it. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever briefly.
While driving with the sunroof in an
open (or partially open position),
your vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is a normal occurrence and
can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If you experience the noise with the sunroof
open, slightly reduce the size of the
sunroof opening.
Automatic reversal
OBK049018
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction,
and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof window
frame.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sunroof
Tilting the sunroof
(for front sunroof)
WARNING
• Be careful that no head, hands
and body parts are obstructed
by a closing sunroof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof while driving.
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof while driving.
Care should be taken that no
objects stick out through the
sunroof. In a sudden stop, pertinent parts may be damaged.
WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
4 68
WARNING - Sunroof
OYP044049K
To tilt the sunroof, push the sunroof
control lever upward until the sunroof
moves to the desired position.
To close the sunroof, push the sunroof lever forward or pull downward
until the sunroof moves to the
desired position.
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside through
the sunroof opening while driving or operating the sunroof.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
Sunshade
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
OBK049019
When opening the sunroof, the sunshade will also open. Once the sunroof is closed, the sunshade can be
manually closed.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened.
3. Release the sunroof control lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close (about
10~15 seconds) until the sunroof
moves a little. Then, release the
lever.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
5. Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close
again, until the sunroof operates
as follows:
The sunroof glass slide open →
The sunroof glass slide close
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset.
4 70
CAUTION
If the sunroof is not reset when
the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related
fuse is blown, the sunroof may
operate improperly.
Rear sunroof lock
When the power window lock switch
is pressed, the rear sunroof control
cannot operate the rear sunroof. But
the front master sunroof control can
operate both front and rear sunroofs
(if equipped).
Features of your vehicle
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
■ Type A
OYP048382N
■ Type B
OYP048404N
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Power steering (if equipped)
Power steering uses energy from the
engine to assist you in steering the
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the
power steering system becomes
inoperative, the vehicle may still be
steered, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Power
steering pump
Never hold the steering wheel to
the extreme right or left for more
than 5 seconds with the engine
running. Holding the steering
wheel for more than 5 seconds in
either position may cause damage to the power steering pump.
4 72
If the power steering drive belt
breaks or if the power steering pump
malfunctions, the steering effort will
greatly increase.
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is parked for extended
periods outside in cold weather
(below -10°C/14°F), the power steering may require increased effort
when the engine is first started. This
is caused by increased fluid viscosity
due to the cold weather and does not
indicate a malfunction.
When this happens, increase the
engine RPM by depressing the
accelerator until the RPM reaches
1,500 rpm then release or let the
engine idle for two or three minutes
to warm up the fluid.
Electric power steering
(if equipped)
Power steering uses the motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering wheel becomes heavier
as the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for better control of
the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immediately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the system performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
are completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in
motion. However, after a few minutes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
If the Electric Power Steering System
does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may
become difficult to control or operate
abnormally. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Tilt and telescopic steering
Tilt and telescopic steering allows
you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. You can also raise it
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING
Never adjust the angle of the
steering wheel while driving.
You may lose steering control
and cause severe personal
injury, death or accidents.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
If you turn off the engine within 30
minutes while the heated steering
wheel is ON, the heated steering
wheel will turn on automatically
when you set the ignition switch in
the ON position.
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
OYP047050
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3) then
pull up the lock-release lever (4) to
lock the steering wheel in place. Be
sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
4 74
WARNING
OYP048430
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate and notify you on the
LCD display.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off
and notify you on the LCD display.
If the steering wheel becomes
too warm, turn the system off.
The heated steering wheel may
cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for
long periods of time.
CAUTION
Do not install any grip or accessory to operate the steering
wheel. This causes damage to
the heated steering wheel system.
Features of your vehicle
Horn
OYP047052
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which would interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Night
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
4 76
Day
OAM049023
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor (3) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from the
vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Cleaning
mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
with UVO service (if equipped)
And telematics buttons are on the
mirror.
(1) Roadside Assist
(2) AVN : UVO Voice Local Search
D-AUDIO, UVO AUDIO : Phone
Projection Map
(3) SOS
(4) Rear light sensor
OCK047065C
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor (4) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically conrols the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
4 77
Features of your vehicle
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink® system and compass (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav® Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
4 78
OCK047066C
(1) Roadside Assist button
(2) AVN : UVO Voice Local Search
button
D-AUDIO, UVO AUDIO : Phone
Projection Map button
(3) SOS button
(4) Dimming ON/OFF button
(5) Status indicator LED
(6) Channel 1 button
(7) Channel 2 button
(8) Channel 3 button
(9) Compass display
(10) Rear light sensor
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is
the most advanced way to reduce
annoying glare in the rearview mirror
during any driving situation. For more
information regarding NVS® mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered
trademark of Gentex Corporation.
CAUTION
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare during driving
conditions based upon light levels monitored in front of the
vehicle and from the rear of the
vehicle. These light sensors are
visible through openings in the
front and rear of the mirror case.
Any object that obstructs either
light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
Features of your vehicle
Automatic-dimming function
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you. The autodimming function can be controlled
by the Dimming ON/OFF Button:
1. Pressing the
button turns the
auto-dimming function OFF which
is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the
button again turns
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on.
✽ NOTICE
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-NAV™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark
of Gentex Corporation.
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the
button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the
button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the
button for
more than 3, but less than 6 seconds, the current Zone Number
will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the
button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds, the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
B520C05NF
4 80
Features of your vehicle
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the
button for
more than 6 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared, a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. To calibrate the compass, drive
the vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System provides a convenient way to
replace up to three hand-held radiofrequency (RF) transmitters with a
single built-in device. This innovative
feature will learn the radio frequency
codes of most current transmitters to
operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, even
home lighting. Both standard and
rolling code-equipped transmitters
can be programmed by following the
outlined procedures. Additional
HomeLink® information can be found
at: www.homelink.com or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
❈ HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink®
✽ NOTICE
• When programming a garage
door opener, it is advised to park
the vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be turned to the second position for programming
and/or operation of HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps
listed
below,
contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
or 1-800-355-3515.
4 82
Standard programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons,
HomeLink® Channel 1 and
Channel 3 Buttons, until the indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Release both buttons.
Do not hold the buttons for longer
than 30 seconds.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2-8 cm (1-3 inches)
away from the HomeLink® buttons
while keeping the indicator light in
view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT
release the buttons until step 4
has been completed.
4. While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink® successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter. Release
both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate when
the HomeLink® button is pressed
and released.
6. To program the remaining two
HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2
through 5.
Features of your vehicle
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are
“code-protected” and manufactured
after 1996 may be determined by the
following:
• Reference the device owner's
manual for verification.
• The handheld transmitter appears
to program the HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver but does not
activate the device.
• Press and hold the trained
HomeLink® button. The device has
the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rapidly and then
turns solid after 2 seconds.
To train rolling code devices, follow
these instructions:
1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the “learn” or “smart” button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
Exact location and color of the
button may vary by garage door
opener brand.
If there is difficulty locating the
training button, reference the
device owner's manual or please
visit our web site at www.homelink.com.
2. Firmly press and release the
“learn” or “smart” button (which
activates the “training light”).
✽ NOTICE
3. Return to the vehicle, firmly press
and hold for two seconds the
desired HomeLink® button then
release.
Repeat
the
“press/hold/release” sequence a
second time to complete the programming. (Some devices may
require you to repeat this sequence
a third time to complete the programming.)
4. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe the
red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your
device should activate.
5. To program the remaining two
HomeLink® buttons, follow either
steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through
5
in
Standard
Programming for standard devices.
There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button (note steps 2
through 4 in the Standard
Programming portion of this document) while you press and re-press
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
4 84
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink® button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security system, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming
a
single
HomeLink® button
To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink® button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button. Do NOT
release until step 4 has been completed.
2. When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the handheld transmitter 2
to 8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from
the HomeLink® surface.
3. Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button. The HomeLink®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
and then rapidly.
4. When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink® button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED. If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your new device should activate.
Features of your vehicle
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash-after 20
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be programmed at any time following the
appropriate
steps
in
the
Programming sections above.
RSS ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
✽ NOTICE
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with RSS and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
NVS® and Z-NAV™ are registered
trademarks. Nav® are of Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls
Technology Company, Holland,
Michigan.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
Conversation mirror
Outside rearview mirror
OYP044055K
The mirror is a convenient feature to
help the front passenger talk with
rear passengers without turning the
head or body rearward.
To use the mirror, push the cover and
open it.
Close the cover after use.
4 86
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the mirror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use a
deicer spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
Features of your vehicle
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Adjusting outside rearview mirror
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
OYP044057K
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
Press either the L (driver’s side) or R
(passenger’s side) button (1) to
select the rearview mirror you would
like to adjust when the ignition switch
is ACC or ON position.
Use the mirror adjustment control (2)
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
CAUTION - Outside mirror
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
OYP046177
While the vehicle is moving rearward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse
parking. According to the position of
the outside rearview mirror switch
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will
operate as follows:
4 88
L/R : When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward.
Neutral : When neither switch is
selected,
the
outside
rearview mirrors will not
operate.
The outside rearview mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions under the following conditions:
1. The ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
OYP044058K
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch when the ignition switch is
ACC or ON position as below.
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
Features of your vehicle
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the folding key or smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
• The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession.
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the engine start/stopo
button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than
necessary while the engine is
not running.
In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
OYP044269N
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
Blind zone mirror (if equipped)
OYP044267N
WARNING
• Always check the road condition while driving for unexpected situations even though the
vehicle is equipped with a blind
zone mirror.
• The blind zone mirror is a
device made for convenience.
Do not solely rely on the mirror
but always pay attention to traffic around you.
CAUTION
Do not clean the mirror with
harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum based cleaning products.
OYP044268N
The Blind Zone Mirror (BZM) is a
supplemental mirror that reduces the
driver’s blind zone by showing the
rear side area of the vehicle. The
blind zone mirror is equipped on the
left-hand outside rearview mirror.
4 90
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
■ Type B
6. Warning and indicator lights
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
OYP048101C/OYP048100C
4 91
Features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
LCD Display Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
OYP048381N
OYP044059K
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
(“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the
tale lights are turned on.
4 92
• If you hold the illumination control
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will
be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
OYP048060N
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
Features of your vehicle
(1)
: MODE button for changing
modes
(2) ▲ / ▼ / OK : SELECT
scroll
switch for setting the
selected item and
RESET scroll switch
for resetting items
(3)
: RETURN button for move
the previous mode or item (if
equipped)
Tachometer
Gauges
Speedometer
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
OYP044103N
OYP044102C
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or
miles per hour (mph).
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
■ Type A
WARNING - Hot radiator
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
■ Type B
Fuel Gauge
■ Type A
■ Type B
OYP048106N
OYP048105N
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” in chapter 6.
4 94
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
Odometer
■ Type A
OYP048383C
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
Fuel display may not be accurate if
you are filling in sloping places.
OYP048384C
The odometer Indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 159999 kilometers or 0 ~ 999999 miles.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
Outside Temperature Gauge
■ Type A
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being distracted.
To change the temperature unit (from
°C to °F or from °F to °C) can be
changed by using the “User Settings”
mode of the LCD display.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
■ Type A
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
OYP048385C
■ Type B
OYP048387N
■ Type B
OYP048386C
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).
- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 85°C
(-40°F ~ 211°F)
4 96
OYP048388N
This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is
selected.
Features of your vehicle
•
•
•
•
•
Park : P
Reverse : R
Neutral : N
Drive : D
Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
4 97
Features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes
Trip Computer
Turn by Turn mode
(if equipped)
Symbol
Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of below systems.
- SCC with S&G(Refer to “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go System” in chapter 5)
- Lane Departure Warning (Refer to “Lane Departure Warning system” in chapter 5)
User Settings
On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.
Master warning
mode
This mode informs of warning messages related to malfunction of Blind-spot Collision
Warning and etc.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.
4 98
Features of your vehicle
TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
Trip Modes
Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
OYP048397C
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital speedometer
Smart shift*
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel economy
reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
km/L, L/100km or MPG
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
* : if equipped
To change the trip mode, scroll the
MOVE scroll switch (▲/▼) in the trip
computer mode.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
Manual reset
To reset average fuel economy manually, press the OK button (reset) on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever
refueling, select the “Auto Reset”
mode in User Setting menu of the
LCD display (Refer to “LCD
Display”).
• OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset
button.
• When driving - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once 4
hours pass after the Engine
Start/Stop Button or ignition switch
is in the ACC or OFF position.
• When refueling - After refueling
more than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) and
driving over 1 km/h (1 mph), the
vehicle will reset to default automatically.
✽ NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not displayed for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 300 meters (0.2 miles) since the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is turned to ON.
4 100
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is
more than 8 km/h (5 mph).
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30
km/L, L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG
Features of your vehicle
Accumulated driving information mode
One time driving information
mode
OYP048398C
OYP048399C
Displays accumulated information
starting from mileage/fuel efficiency/time default point.
• Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for
more than 300 meters (0.2 mi.).
• If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Cumulative
Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
The vehicle will display Driving
Information once per one ignition
cycle.
- Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the vehicle has run for more than
300 meters (0.2 mi.).
- The Driving Information will be
reset 4 hours after ignition has
been turned off. So, when the vehicle ignition is turned on within 4
hours, the information will not be
reset.
- If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the information will be reset.
- If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
Digital speedometer
Smart Shift (if equipped)
Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)
OUMA048558
OYP048400N
OUMA048531C
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle.
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
4 102
Features of your vehicle
Assist mode (if equipped)
■ SCC with S&G
Assist mode displays the state of
below systems.
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go (if equipped)
- Lane Departure Warning (Refer to
“Lane Departure Warning system”
in chapter 5)
Service mode
■ Type A
OYP048401N
■ LDW
OYP048394C
■ Type B
OYP048402N
OYP048391C
When Service Required is set, the
remaining distance/period to drive
before service is required appears
on the LCD screen.
4 103
Features of your vehicle
From the point at which the remaining distance to drive amounts to
1,500 km (900 mi.) or the remaining
period amounts to 3 days, Service
Required message automatically
displays and remains on LCD screen
for a number of seconds every time
the engine start/stop button is ON.
With Service Required in place,
Service Required Alarm message
pops up when an aggregated
amount of miles/time driven reaches
a certain point.
With Service Required mode, press
OK button for more than 1 second.
The values will return to initial setting
values.
4 104
❈ See User Settings
Mode in this chapter for further
information
about
Service
Required Setting.
❈ Service Required Setting
In the event of Battery Cable
Disconnection or Fuse Switch
turned OFF, the Service Required
Setting values (an amount of
miles/time driven) may change. In
such cases, re-enter Service
Required Setting values.
Master Warning Mode
• This warning light informs the driver of the following situations
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
(if equipped) blockage
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
(if equipped) malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(if equipped) malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(if equipped) blockage
- LED headlamp (if equipped) malfunction
- High Beam Assist (if equipped)
malfunction
- Low engine oil
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
&Go (if equipped) blockage
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go (if equipped) malfunction
Features of your vehicle
The Master Warning Light illuminates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
✽ NOTICE
Distance to empty
OYP048390C
• The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 km (1
~ 9,999 mi.)
• If the estimated distance is below 1
km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6
liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are
added to the vehicle.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Shift to P to edit settings
User Settings Mode
Driver Assistance (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go Reaction (if equipped) :
- Choose
the
sensitivity
(Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart
cruise control.
❈ For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in
chapter 5.
Description
OYP048406N
OYP048392N
In this mode, you can change setting
of the doors, lights, and so on.
WARNING
Do not adjust the User Setting
while driving.
You may lose your steering control which could cause an accident and bodily injury.
4 106
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
• Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA, if equipped) :
- To activate or deactivate the FCA
system.
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision Warning (FCW, if
equipped)
- Choose the sensitivity of the forward collision warning.
(Late/Normal/Early)
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
Features of your vehicle
• Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if
equipped)
❈ For more details, refer to ‘Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 5.
• Blind Spot Collision Warning
Timing (if equipped)
- Choose
the
sensitivity
(Late/Normal/Fast) of the Blind
Spot Collision Warning Timing
control.
❈ For more details, refer to “Blind
spot Collision Warning” in chapter
5.
• Rear Cross Traffic Collision
Warning (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the rea
cross traffic collision warning will
be activated.
❈ For more details, refer to “Blindspot Collision Warning” in chapter
5.
Door/Liftgate
• Automatically lock
- Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
- Enable on speed : All doors will
be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph
(15 km/h).
- Enable on shift : All doors will be
automatically locked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted from the P (Park) position to
the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D
(Drive) position.
• Blind Spot Collision Warning
Sound (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the blind
spot collision warning sound
function will be activated.
❈ For more details, refer to “Blind
spot Collision Warning” in chapter
5.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
• Automatically Unlock :
- Disable : The auto door unlock
operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off : All doors will be
automatically unlocked when the
Engine Star/Stop Button or ignition switch is set to the OFF position.
- On Shift to P : All doors will be
automatically unlocked if the
automatic transmission shift lever
is shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Two Press Unlock (if equipped)
- If this item checked, the two press
unlock function will be activated.
(Only the driver’s door will unlock
when unlock button is pressed
once and all doors will unlock
when the same button is pressed
again within 4 seconds.)
4 108
• Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the smart
liftgate function will be activated.
- If the power liftgate function is not
activated, you cannot activate
this function.
❈ For more details, refer to “Smart
Liftgate” in this chapter.
Lights
• One Touch Turn Signal :
- Off : The one touch turn signal
function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change
signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
❈ For more details, refer to “Light” in
this chapter.
• Headlight Delay :
- If this item checked, the head
light delay function will be activated.
Features of your vehicle
Sound
• Parking Distance Warning Volume
(if equipped) :
- Adjust the Parking Distance
Warning Volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)
❈ For more details, refer to “Parking
Distance Warning Volume” in this
chapter.
• Welcome Sound (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
sound function will be activated.
Convenience
• Seat Easy Access (if equipped)
- Off : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.
- Normal/Extended : When you turn
off the engine, the driver’s seat will
automatically move rear 7.6 cm (3
in.) (Enhanced) for you to enter or
exit the vehicle more comfortably.
- If you change the Engine
Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the AC function, the driver’s
seat will return to the original position.
❈ For more details, refer to “Driver
Position Memory System” in chapter 3.
• Welcome Light (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
light function will be activated.
• Auto rear wiper (in R, if equipped) :
- If this item is checked, the rear
wiper will automatically activate
when the front wiper is in ON
position and shift lever is in R
(reverse) position.
• Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the gear
position pop-up display will be
activated.
• Icy road warning (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the Icy road
warning display will be activated.
• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
Mirror/light function will be activated.
• Wiper/Lights Display (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the
Wiper/Lights Display will be activated.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
Service interval
• Enable Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
• Adjust Interval
To adjust the interval by mileageand period.
• Reset
To reset the service interval function.
Other features
• Fuel Economy Auto Reset
- Off : The average fuel economy
will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
- After Ignition : The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours
after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling : The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
❈ For more information, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
• Fuel Economy Unit
- Choose the fuel economy unit.
(US gallon/UK gallon)
• Temperature Unit
- Choose the temperature u (°C,°F)
• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped)
- Choose the tire pressure u (psi,
kPa, bar)
4 110
Language (if equipped)
Choose the language
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User
Settings Mode. All menus in the User
Settings Mode are initialized, except
language and service interval.
Features of your vehicle
Warning Messages
Shift to P position
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the engine without
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Low Key Battery
(for smart key system)
This warning message illuminates if
the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop
Button changes to the OFF position.
Press start button while turn
steering (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not
unlock normally when the Engine
Start/Stop Button is pressed.
• It means that you should press the
Engine Start/Stop Button while turning the steering wheel right and left.
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Steering wheel unlocked
(for smart key system)
This warning message illuminates if
the steering wheel does not lock when
the Engine Start/Stop Button changes
to the OFF position.
Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system)
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction with the steering wheel lock system.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button.
4 112
Press start button again
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
when there is a problem with the
Engine Start/Stop Button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Press start button with key
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button while the warning message
“Key not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Features of your vehicle
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
This warning message illuminates if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Door / Hood / Liftgate Open
■ Type A
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
■ Type A
✽ NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
OYP048395N
■ Type B
OYP048382N
■ Type B
OYP048405N
OYP048404N
• It means that any door, hood, or
liftgate is open.
• The warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine and then
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
Align steering wheel
• This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned to more
than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
Low Washer Fluid
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
Low Fuel
This warning message illuminates if
the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminated.
- When the trip computer displays
"--- km (or mile)" as range.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
❈ For more details, refer to “Fuses”
in chapter 7.
Check high beam assist system
(if equipped)
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb or circuit malfunction) with the
headlamp. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit malfunction) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
❈ For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
4 114
Features of your vehicle
Check Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist system
(if equipped)
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction with the
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive
more attentively and refrain from
speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden
braking or sharp turning.
❈ For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)
system” in chapter 5.
OYP048396C
This warning pop-up message and
light are to warn the driver the road
may be icy.
When the Outside Temperature is
below approximately 4°C (39°F),
- The warning light (including
Outside Temperature and unit)
blinks 5 times and then illuminates.
- The warning pop-up message displays, and the warning chime
sounds once at the same time only
once for each ignition cycle.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning lights
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
4 116
Air bag Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
Features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir
is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).
Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the
brake system are still found, the
warning light remains on, or the
brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates when the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
4 117
Features of your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 118
Electronic
Brake force
Distribution
(EBD) System
Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Electronic
Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden
braking
thereby
increasing the risk of a crash.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS) Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
CAUTION - Catalytic
Converter Damage
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
4 120
Charging System
Warning Light
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not available, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the
oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the
engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine
is started, turn the engine off
immediately. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Dynamic Bending Light
(DBL) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the Dynamic Bending Light (DBL).
If there is a malfunction with the
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL):
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
LED Headlamp Warning
Light (if equipped)
Low Fuel Level Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED headlamp
(low beam) life.
4 122
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Low Fuel
Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below “0 or E” can cause
the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light
EPB
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not
working properly (This does not
indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Features of your vehicle
Master Warning light
• This warning light informs the driver of the following situations
- LED head lamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blind (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blind (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
The Master Warning Light illumi
nates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is resolved,
the master warning light will be
turned off.
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist Warning
light (FCA, if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
❈ For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
❈ For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
4 124
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (Without Smart Key)
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (With Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly
while the ignition switch is ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the Engine Start/Stop Button
is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
Features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle
while the Engine Start/Stop Button
is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine. However, you can start
the engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
“Starting the Engine” in section 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
High beam assist indicator (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High beam
assist system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
❈ For more details, refer to “High
beam assist” in this chapter.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
Light ON Indicator Light
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold system activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
AUTO
HOLD
❈ For more details, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 5.
4 126
Lane Departure
Warning(LDW) System
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When the lane departure
warning system does not detect
the lane marker or vehicle speed is
less than 65 km/h (40 mph).
• [Green] When the lane departure
warning system detects the lane
marker.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane departure warning system.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lane
Departure Warning(LDW) System”
in chapter 5.
Features of your vehicle
ECO Mode indicator
Light (if equipped)
ECO
This indicator light illuminates:
When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO Mode indicator
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
COMFORT Mode
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select “COMFORT”
mode as drive mode.
❈ For more details, refer to “Drive
Mode” in chapter 5.
❈ For more detailed information,
refer to “Active ECO” or “Drive
mode” in chapter 5.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
PARKING DISTANCE WARNING-REVERSE (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
- Parking distance warning-
Sensors
OYP048061N
The parking distance warning-reverse
assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming if
any object is sensed within a distance
of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system
and it is not intended to nor does it
replace the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The sensing
range and objects detectable by the
back sensors are limited. Whenever
backing-up, pay as much attention to
what is behind you as you would in a
vehicle without a parking distance
warning-reverse.
4 128
reverse
Never rely solely on the parking
distance
warning-reverse.
Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is
clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are
aware of a child anywhere near
your vehicle. Some objects may
not be detected by the sensors,
due to the object's size or material.
Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse
Operating condition
• This system will activate when the
indicator on the rear parking assist
OFF button is not illuminated. If
you desire to deactivate the parking distance warning-reverse,
press the rear parking assist OFF
button again. (The indicator on the
button will illuminate.) To turn the
system on, press the button again.
(The indicator on the button will go
off.)
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
may not be activated correctly.
• The sensing distance while the
back-up warning system is in operation is approximately 120 cm (47
in.) at the rear bumper center area,
60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper
both side area.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm
(47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm
(24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
• When an object is within 30 cm (12
in.) of the rear bumper : Buzzer
sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
the parking distance warningreverse
The parking distance warningreverse may not operate properly
when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when the
moisture has been cleared.)
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. The weather conditions produce
heavy rain or water spray.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
4 129
Features of your vehicle
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1. The sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
2. Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower
than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
4 130
Parking distance warningreverse precautions
• The parking distance warningreverse may not sound consistently depending on the speed and
shapes of the objects detected.
• The parking distance warningreverse may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed
equipment or accessories may also
interfere with the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 40 cm (15 in.)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until the
material is removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
✽ NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
Features of your vehicle
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the
R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the parking distance warning-reverse. If this occurs,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
✽ NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a parking distance
warning-reverse
malfunction.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
4 131
Features of your vehicle
PARKING DISTANCE WARNING
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are limited. Whenever moving, pay as much
attention to what is in front and
behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking distance warning.
Sensor
OYP048062N
Sensor OYP048061N
The parking distance warning assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 100 cm
(39 in) in front or behind the vehicle.
4 132
WARNING - Parking distance warning
• The parking distance warning
is not a substitute for proper
and safe parking and backingup procedures. Always drive
safely and use caution when
parking. The parking distance
warning may not detect every
object behind or in front of the
vehicle.
• Never rely solely on the parking distance warning. Always
perform a visual inspection to
make sure the vehicle is clear
of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you
are aware of a child anywhere
near your vehicle. Some
objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the
object's size or material.
Features of your vehicle
Operation of the parking distance warning
Operating condition
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 100 cm (39
in.) when you are driving less than
10 km/h (6.2 mph).
• The sensing distance while moving
forward is approximately 100 cm
(39 in.) when you are driving less
than 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
✽ NOTICE
OYP048063N
• This system activates when the
parking assist button is pressed with
the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.
• The parking assist button turns on
automatically and activates the parking distance warning when you shift
the gear to the R (Reverse) position.
The system may not detect an object
if the distance from the object is
already less than approximately 25
cm (10 in.) when the system is
turned ON.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning
Types of warning sound and indicator
Warning indicator
Distance
from object
When driving
forward
100cm ~ 61cm
(39 in. ~ 24 in.)
Front
120cm ~ 61cm
(47 in. ~ 24in.)
Rear
60cm ~ 31cm
(24 in. ~ 12 in.)
-
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Front
30cm (12 in.)
Rear
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Front
Rear
When driving
rearward
Warning sound
-
Buzzer sounds
continuously
✽ NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration
according to objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
4 134
Parking distance warning may
not operate normally when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when moisture melts.)
2. Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (Sensing
range will return to normal when
removed.)
4. The parking assist button is off.
Features of your vehicle
There is a possibility of parking
distance warning malfunction
when:
1. Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
2. Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
3. The weather conditions produce
heavy rain or water spray.
4. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
5. Sensor is covered with snow.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
1. Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
2. Undetectable objects smaller than
1 m (39 in.) and narrower than 14
cm (5.5 in.) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
✽ NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound
depending on the speed and
shapes of the objects detected.
2. The parking distance warning
may malfunction if the vehicle
bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any nonfactory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere
with the sensor performance.
3. Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
4 135
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
This system can only sense
objects within the range and
location of the sensors, it can
not detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Also, small or slim objects, or
objects located between sensors may not be detected.
Always visually check in front
and behind the vehicle when
driving.
Be sure to inform any drivers in
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding
the system’s capabilities and
limitations.
4 136
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the shift lever
into the R (Reverse) position, this
may indicate a malfunction in the
parking distance warning. If this
occurs, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle or injuries to its occupants
related to a parking distance warning. Always drive safely and cautiously.
Features of your vehicle
REAR VIEW MONITOR (IF EQUIPPED)
OYP048064N
• This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
inside/outside rearview mirrors and
the area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't be
seen by the camera.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
WARNING - Backing up &
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera when backing up. You
must always view the areas
behind you including looking
over both shoulders as well as
continuously checking all three
rear view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the areas
behind you remains clear, always
back up slowly and stop immediately if you even suspect that a
person, and especially a child,
might be behind you.
OYP048055N
The rear view monitor will activate
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle
through an AVN monitor while backing up.
4 137
Features of your vehicle
360° CAMERA MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OYP048407N
The 360° camera monitoring system
is not a substitute for proper and safe
parking procedures. The 360° camera monitoring system may not
detect every object surrounding the
vehicle. Always drive safely and use
caution when parking.
The 360° camera monitoring system
can assist in parking by allowing the
driver to see around the vehicle.
Push the button into the [ON] position to operate the system.
To cancel the system, push the button again.
4 138
Operating conditions
- When the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON position
- When the automatic transmission
is on D, N or R
- When the vehicle speed is not over
20 km/h (12.4 mph)
• When the vehicle speed is over 20
km/h (12.4 mph), the 360° camera
monitoring system system is turned
off. If the vehicle speed is not over
20 km/h (12.4 mph) after turning off
the 360° camera monitoring system
by over speed, the 360° camera
monitoring system is not turned on.
To operate again, push the button.
• When the trunk and driver/passenger door are opened and the outside mirror is folded, the warning is
illuminated in 360° camera monitoring system.
• If the 360° camera monitoring system system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
• When the vehicle moves over 10
km/h (6.2 mph) forward after moving backward, the 360° camera
monitoring system screen will be
turned off.
WARNING
This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always
check the area around the vehicle before and while moving.
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Battery saver function
Headlight escort function
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the
ON position. The system automatically shuts off the parking lights 30
seconds after the ignition key is
removed and the driver’s door is
opened and closed.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of the road at night
and opens the driver’s side door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is
removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
If you turn the ignition switch to the
ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights remain on
for about 5 minutes. However, if the
driver's door is opened and closed,
the headlights are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmitter (or smart key) twice or turning
the light switch to the OFF position.
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver’s
door), the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlight
escort function does not turn off
automatically. Therefore, it can cause
the battery to be discharged. In this
case, make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL system turns OFF when:
1. The headlight switch is on
2. The engine is off
3. Engaging the Parking Brake
4 139
Features of your vehicle
Lighting control
Position & Tail light (
)
Headlight position (
)
OYP047355
OYP047356
OYP047357
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Auto light position (if equipped)
(3) Position & Tail light
(4) Headlight position
When the light switch is in the parking light position, the tail, license and
instrument panel lights will turn ON.
When the light switch is in the headlight position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
4 140
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Features of your vehicle
Auto light position (if equipped)
OYP047363N
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of
light outside the vehicle.
When the light switch is positioned at
an auto light position, at first, the
wiper will turn on and then, after 5
seconds the head lamp will turn on
automatically.
If the head lamp has been turned on
due to this function of the vehicle, the
head lamp will turn off 60 seconds
after the wiper has been turned off.
Headlights On with Wipers
(Available With Auto lights Only)
- When the light switch is in the
AUTO light position, the headlights
will turn ON automatically the next
5 seconds with wiper is ON.
If this feature causes the headlights to
turn On, the headlights will be turned
off on the next 60 seconds with wiper
is off.
CAUTION
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield,
the Auto light system may not
work properly.
4 141
Features of your vehicle
High beam operation
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OYP047358
OYP047359
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever to you when the high
beam is on. The lever will return to its
original position.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 142
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
Features of your vehicle
High Beam Assist
(if equipped)
OYP047362
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3.The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 40
km/h (25 mph).
4.The details of operation with the
light switch while the High Beam
Assist is on are below.
• If the light switch is pushed away,
the High Beam Assist will turn off
and the high beam will be on continuously.
• If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will be on
without canceling the High Beam
Assist. (When you release the
lever, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will
turn off.)
• If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is on by the High Beam Assist,
the low beam will be on and the
High Beam Assist will turn off.
• If the light switch is turned to the
headlamp position ( ) from
AUTO position, the High Beam
Assist will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
4 143
Features of your vehicle
When the High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to low
beam in the below conditions.
- When the headlamp is detected
from an oncoming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When headlamp/tail lamp of bicycle/motorcycle is detected.
- When the surrounding is so bright
that high beams are not needed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the High Beam Assist is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 24
kph (15 mph).
Warning message
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
■ Type A
CAUTION
OYP058236N
■ Type B
OYP058237N
When the High Beam Assist is not
working properly, the warning message will come on for a few second.
After the message disappears, the
master warning light ( ) will illuminate.
4 144
The system may not operate
normally in the below situations:
When the light from a vehicle
is poor
• When the light from a vehicle
is not detected because of
lamp damage, hidden from
sight, etc.
• When the lamp of a vehicle is
covered with dust, snow or
water.
• When a vehicle's headlamps
are off but the fog lamps on
and etc.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
When external conditions
intervene
• When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized Kia dealer.
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow
curved road, rough road,
downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle
in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign
or mirror ahead.
• When there is a temporary
reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
• When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet, iced or
covered with snow.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
• When
the
LDW
(Lane
Departure Warning) system
warning light illuminates (if
equipped) and etc.
When front visibility is poor
• When the front window is covered with foreign matters.
• When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow and
etc.
• When you replace or reinstall
the windshield glass, front
view camera, take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the High Beam Assist
unit and do not remove or
damage related parts of the
High Beam Assist system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflect light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may not function properly if sunlight is
reflected.
• At times, the High Beam
Assist may not operate due to
system limitations. The system is for your convenience
only. It is the responsibility of
the driver for safe driving
practices and always check
the road conditions for your
safety.
• When the system does not
operate normally, change the
lamp
position
manually
between the high beam and
low beam.
4 145
Features of your vehicle
Turn signals and lane change
signals
OYP047360
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
4 146
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
One touch turn signal
When changing lanes, move the lane
change switch to the direction you
want briefly. The lane change switch
will move back to the original position
but the turn signal will flash three
times. This function assists the driver
when changing lanes without pressing down on the lane change signal.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
may select or deselect the one touch
turn signal function. For more details,
please refer to "vehicle settings" in
chapter 4.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
Features of your vehicle
Front fog light (if equipped)
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)
(if equipped)
Automatic type
To ensure the proper headlight beam
is used under various conditions, the
headlight beam levels are automatically adjusted depending on the
number of passengers, the weight in
the trunk, and other driving conditions.
OYP047361
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The
fog lights will turn on when the fog light
switch (1) is turned to the on position
after the headlight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
✽ NOTICE
If it does not work properly even
though your car is inclined backward
according to passenger's posture, or
the headlight beam is irradiated to
the high or low position, have the system be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to inspect or replace
the wiring yourself.
OYP047363N
Dynamic bending light uses the
steering angle and vehicle speed, to
keep your field of vision wide by
swiveling the headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO position when the engine is running. The
dynamic bending light will operate
when the headlamp is ON. To turn off
the DBL, change the switch to other
positions. After turning the DBL off,
headlamp swiveling no longer
occurs.
4 147
Features of your vehicle
If the DBL malfunction indicator
comes on, the DBL is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have system be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
4 148
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
OYP048181N/OYP048182N
A : Wiper speed control (front)
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
D : Rear wiper/washer control*
· HI – Continuous wipe
· LO – Intermittent wipe*
· OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*
* if equipped
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this
(MIST/
) position and
release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
✽ NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and
washer system.
4 149
Features of your vehicle
Front windshield washers
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
OYP048185N
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 150
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
CAUTION - Wipers &
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
Features of your vehicle
Rear window wiper and washer switch
The rear window wiper is switched
on automatically when the ignition is
in OFF and the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) while the wiper is in
motion.
The automatic rear wiper function
can be turned on or off in 'User setting mode' on the cluster display.
OYP048186N
OYP048184N
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI : Continuous wipe
LO : Intermittent wipe
OFF : OFF
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever
4 151
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHTS
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING - Interior lights
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents
could
happen
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
Automatic turn off function
(if equipped)
Room lamp
■ Type A
The interior lights automatically turn
off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turn off approximately
5 seconds after the system in armed
stage.
OYP044067K
■ Type B
OYP044068N
Press the button(1) or lens(1) to turn
the light on or off.
4 152
Features of your vehicle
Map lamp
•
OYP044066N
Press the lens (1) to turn the map
lamp on or off.
(2) : The light comes on when
any door (or liftgate) is
opened regardless of the
ignition switch position.
When doors are unlocked
by the transmitter (or
smart key) or the key is
removed from the ignition
switch, the light comes on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door
is not opened. The light
goes out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors
are locked, the light will
turn off immediately. If a
door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC
or LOCK position, the
light stays on for about
20 minutes. However, if a
door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON
position, the light stays
on continuously.
•
(3) : The light stays on at all
times.
✽ NOTICE
• The
mode and
mode cannot
be selected at the same time.
• When the lamp is turned on by
pressing the lens (1), the lamp does
not turn off even if the
mode or
mode is not selected (not
pressed).
4 153
Features of your vehicle
Luggage lamp (if equipped)
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
OYP044069K
OHG040128
OYP048431N
• DOOR : The light comes on when
the liftgate is opened.
• OFF : The light stays off at all times.
• ON : The light stays on at all times.
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
4 154
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this section.
Rear window defroster
■ Manual type
OYP044200K
■ Automatic type
OYP044201K
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
Wiper deicer (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
4 155
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Front
1. Front fan speed control knob
2. Front window defroster button
3. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button
5. Air intake control button
6. Front temperature control knob
7. Front mode selection button
8. Rear fan speed control knob
9. Rear temperature control knob
10. Rear control lock button
11. Rear control on button
OYP044202K
4 156
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OYP048245N
4 157
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (A, B, C, D, E)
OYP044204K
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Six
symbols are used to represent MAX
A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, FloorDefrost and Defrost air position.
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster.
4 158
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Features of your vehicle
Temperature control
Air intake control
OYP044206K
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
OYP044207K
OYP044208K
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the
knob to the right position for warm and
hot air or left position for cooler air.
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position
or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, press the control button.
4 159
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
If the recirculated air
position button is not
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
4 160
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
(if equipped)
When the heater or air conditioning
system is on with the sunroof
opened, the outside (fresh) air position will be automatically selected. At
this time, if you press the recirculated
air position button, the recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to the outside (fresh) air
position after 3 minutes.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Reduced visibility
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
WARNING - Recirculated
Fan speed control
air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Sleeping with
A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
OYP044209K
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
OYP044210K
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning system off.
4 162
Features of your vehicle
■ Rear
1. Rear air conditioning OFF button
2. Rear fan speed control button
3. Rear mode selection button
4. Rear temperature control button
OYP044212K
4 163
Features of your vehicle
Rear climate control
(if equipped)
To turn on the rear climate control
system :
4 164
From the front seat
1. Set the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel to the ON
position.
2. Set the rear fan speed control
knob in the front climate control
panel to the desired position.
3. Set the rear temperature control
knob in the front climate control
panel to the desired position.
From the rear seat
1. Set the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel to the ON
position.
2. Set the rear climate control selection (REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position.
3. Set the rear fan speed control button on the rear climate control
panel to the desired position.
4. Set the rear temperature control
button on the rear climate control
panel to the desired position.
5. Select the desired rear mode button
on the rear climate control panel.
6. To turn off the rear air conditioning
system, press the off button in the
rear climate control panel.
Features of your vehicle
Rear fan speed control
Rear temperature control
OYP044214K
OYP044213K
From front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button to the ON position and turn the rear fan speed control (REAR) knob in the front climate
control panel to the desired position.
To change the rear fan speed, turn
the knob to the right for higher speed
or left for lower speed.
From rear seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and set the rear climate control
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position and press the rear fan
speed control button on the rear control panel to the desired position.
To turn off the rear air conditioning
system press the off button in the
rear climate control panel.
OYP044215K
From front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button to the ON position and turn the rear temperature
control (REAR TEMP) knob in the
front climate control panel to the
desired position.
To change the rear air temperature,
turn the knob to the right position for
warm and hot air or left position for
cooler air.
4 165
Features of your vehicle
Rear mode selection (if equipped)
OYP044216K
From rear seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and set the rear climate control
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position.
To change the rear air temperature,
press the button ( ) for warmer air
or press the button ( ) for cooler air.
4 166
OYP044218K
OYP044217K
• Front climate control is MAX A/C,
:
Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
• Front climate control is
:
Rear air blows from the upper vents
on the rear ceiling and the lower
vents on the right rear trim together.
• Front climate control is
,
:
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim.
When the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel is in the ON
position and set the rear climate control selection(REAR LOCK) button in
the front climate control panel to the
OFF position and the rear mode is
selected by pushing the rear mode
selection button on the rear control
panel as follows:
Features of your vehicle
•
•
•
: Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on
the right rear trim together.
: Rear air blows from the lower
vents on the right rear trim.
Rear vents (if equipped)
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OYP044166N
The vent can be adjusted by rotating
the blade.
✽ NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
4 167
Features of your vehicle
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
4 168
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with refrigerant*.
1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
Features of your vehicle
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and
safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
• When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while
driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures
are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause
engine overheating. Continue
to use the blower fan but turn
the air conditioning system off
if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the
windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
4 169
Features of your vehicle
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
4 170
Climate control air filter
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
1LDA5047
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent climate control air filter inspections
and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system should be checked at an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable and at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage
to the vehicle and bodily injury.
Features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - A/C Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the
air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified technicians.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
4 171
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Type A
1. Driver`s temperature control knob
2. AUTO(automatic control) button
3. A/C display
4. Passenger’s temperature control knob
5. SYNC temperature control selection
button
6. Front fan speed control button
7.Front blower off button
8. Front mode selection button
9. Rear fan speed control button
■ Type B
10. A/C on button
11. Air intake control button
12. Front windshield defroster button
13. Rear window defroster button
14. Rear control lock button
15. Rear control on button
16. Rear temperature control knob
17. Climate information screen selection
button
OYP047220L/OYP047366N
4 172
Features of your vehicle
Automatic heating and air conditioning
■ Driver’s side
■ Passenger’s side
OYP044226K
OYP044222K
1. Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the temperature.
2. Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature.
✽ NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO
sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C (73°F).
4 173
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
OYP044223K
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
4 174
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
■ Type A
Face-Level
■ Type B
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level
OYP044224K
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
4 175
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Temperature control
■ Type B
■ Driver’s side
OYP044225K
OYP044206K
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air flow from these vents using the
vent control lever as shown.
4 176
■ Passenger’s side
OYP044226K
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by
1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Features of your vehicle
OYP044227K
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
1. Press the SYNC button to activate
SYNC mode. The passenger side
temperature will be set to the
same temperature as the driver
side.
2. Operate the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and
passenger side temperature will
be adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
1. Press the SYNC button again to
operate the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. Also,
if the passenger side temperature
control knob is operated, it will
individually.
2. Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
When the driver side temperature is
set to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo)
temperature setting, the SYNC mode
is deactivated for maximum heating
or cooling.
4 177
Features of your vehicle
• The outside temperature on the
display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to
prevent the driver from being distracted.
Outside thermometer
■ Type A
Air intake control
OYP048443C
■ Type B
OYP047228L
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
OYP048444C
The current outside temperature is
displayed in 1°C (1°F) increments.
The temperature range is between 40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F).
4 178
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
If the recirculated air
position button is not
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
(if equipped)
When the heater or air conditioning
system is on with the sunroof
opened, the outside (fresh) air position will be automatically selected. At
this time, if you press the recirculated
air position button, the recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to the outside (fresh) air
position after 3 minutes.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
4 179
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Reduced visibility
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
Fan speed control
■ Type A
■ Type B
WARNING - Sleeping with
A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
4 180
OYP044229K
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed, press ( )
the button for higher speed, or push
( ) the button for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
OFF mode
Climate information screen selection (for Type B)
OYP047230L
OYP044231K
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Press the front blower OFF button to
turn off the front air climate control
system. However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
OYP044253N
Press the climate information screen
selection button to display climate
information on the screen.
4 181
Features of your vehicle
■ Rear
1. Rear temperature control button
2. Rear AUTO button
3. Rear mode selection button
4. Rear air conditioning OFF button
5. Rear fan speed control button
OYP044234K
4 182
Features of your vehicle
Rear climate control
(if equipped)
To turn on the rear climate control
system :
From the front seat
1. Set the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel to the ON
position.
2. Set the rear fan speed control button in the front climate control
panel to the desired position.
3. Set the rear temperature control
knob in the front climate control
panel to the desired position. (if
equipped)
From the rear seat
1. Set the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel to the ON
position.
2. Set the rear climate control selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position.
3. Set the rear fan speed control button on the rear climate control
panel to the desired position.
4. Set the rear temperature control
button on the rear climate control
panel to the desired position.
5. Select the desired rear mode button on the rear climate control
panel. (if equipped)
6. To turn off the rear air conditioning
system press the off button in the
rear climate control panel.
Rear fan speed control
OYP044235K
From front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button to the ON position and press the rear fan speed
control button in the front climate
control panel to the desired position.
To change the fan speed, press
( ) the button for higher speed, or
press the ( ) the button for lower
speed. To turn the fan speed control
off, press the REAR ON button.
4 183
Features of your vehicle
Rear temperature control
OYP044236K
From rear seat (if equipped)
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and set the rear climate control
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position and press the rear fan
speed control button on the rear control panel to the desired position.
To change the fan speed, press
( ) the button for higher speed, or
press the ( ) the button for lower
speed. To turn the fan speed control
off, press the rear blower OFF button.
4 184
OYP044237K
OYP044248K
From front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button to the ON position and press the rear fan speed
control button in the front climate
control panel to the desired position.
To change the rear air temperature,
turn the knob to the right position for
warm and hot air or left position for
cooler air.
From rear seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR ON) button in the front climate control panel to the ON position and set the rear climate control
selection(REAR LOCK) button in the
front climate control panel to the
OFF position and press the rear fan
speed control button on the rear control panel to the desired position.
To change the rear air temperature,
press the button ( ) for warmer air
or press the button ( ) for cooler air.
Features of your vehicle
Rear mode selection (if equipped)
•
•
•
: Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
: Rear air blows from the
upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents on
the right rear trim together.
: Rear air blows from the lower
vents on the right rear trim.
OYP044239K
OYP044217K
• Front climate control is
:
Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
• Front climate control is
:
Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling and the
lower vents on the right rear trim
together.
• Front climate control is
,
:
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim together.
When the rear climate control selection (REAR ON) button in the front
climate control panel is in the ON
position and set the rear climate control selection (REAR LOCK) button in
the front climate control panel to the
OFF position and the rear mode is
selected by pushing the rear mode
selection button on the rear control
panel as follows:
4 185
Features of your vehicle
Rear vents
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OYP044166N
The vent can be adjusted by rotating
the blade.
✽ NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may
cause some noise. Always open 2
vents or more.
4 186
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
Features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
Air Conditioning System in this vehicle is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine. Press the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine
coolant closely while driving up
hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation
may cause engine overheating
and potential engine damage.
Continue to use the blower fan
but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine coolant
temperature gauge indicates
engine overheating.
✽ NOTICE
When opening the windows in
humid weather, air conditioning
may create water droplets inside the
vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the windows closed.
4 187
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
4 188
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Heater core
Evaporator
core
1LDA5047
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system. If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• Replace the filter every 24,000 km
(15,000 miles) or once a year.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable and at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage
to the vehicle and bodily injury.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
4 189
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
4 190
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the
position
and fan speed control to the
lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
OYP044240K
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
4 191
Features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
OYP044241K
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning is not selected
automatically press the corresponding button manually.
4 192
OYP044242K
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
Features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
Defogging logic
Manual climate control system
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OYP044243K
OYP044256N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the fan speed control knob to
the other position except the OFF
(0) position.
3. Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
4. Push the air intake control button
(
) at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status while pressing the air
conditioning button (A/C).
4 193
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto defogging system
(if equipped)
OYP044258N
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the programmed status.
4 194
OYP057021
Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
Features of your vehicle
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates.
The Auto defogging system addresses excess moisture on the inside of
the windshield in stages. For example if auto defogging does not defog
inside the windshield at step 1
Outside air position, it tries to defog
again at step 2 Blowing air toward
the windshield.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the windshield
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
When the ADS system is canceled,
[ADS OFF] symbol will blink 3 times
per 1 sec and the position [ADS
OFF] will be displayed on the A/C
display. (A TYPE)
When the ADS system is canceled,
Indicator on the button will blink 3
times per 0.5 sec. (B TYPE)
✽ NOTICE
If the A/C off or recirculated air
position is manually selected while
the auto defogging system is on, the
auto defogging indicator will blink 3
times to give notice that manual
operation is canceled.
✽ NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
When the ADS system is reset, [ADS
OFF] symbol will blink 6 times per
0.5sec and the position [ADS OFF]
will be disappeared on the A/C display. (A TYPE)
When the ADS system is reset,
Indicator on the button will blink 6
times per 0.25 sec. (B TYPE)
4 195
Features of your vehicle
CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)
OYP046244N
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns
on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ignition
switch turns to the OFF position.
4 196
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
OYP048418N
OYP044074K
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely.
WARNING - Flammable
OYP044073N
OYP044072K
OYP044071K
OYP044075K
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
4 197
Features of your vehicle
Center console storage
Glove box
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
✽ NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
OUM044076
OYP044076K
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with a master key. (if
equipped)
To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after
use.
4 198
Features of your vehicle
Sunglass holder
Cool box (if equipped)
WARNING
Do not put perishable food in
the cool box because it may not
maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the
food fresh.
OYP048417N
OYP048408N
To keep the sunglass, open the center console storage and keep it in the
sunglass holder.
You can keep beverage cans or other
items cool in the glove box.
1. Turn on the air conditioning. The
temperature of the cool box will
change according to the temperature of air conditioning.
2. Turn the knob to the open position.
3. When the cool box is not used,
turn the knob to the close position.
✽ NOTICE
If some items in the cool box block
the vent, the cooling effectiveness of
the cool box is reduced.
4 199
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
Bottle holder
■ Front
OYP048409N
■ Center
OYP044194K
CAUTION
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling
your drink. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle’s
electrical/elec- tronic system
and damage elec- trical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at
high temperature. This may
damage the cup holder.
Bottles may be placed in the holder.
OYP048081N
■ Rear
OYP04434N
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 200
✽ NOTICE
Only bottles should be place in the
holder as it is written in the vehicle
“BOTTLE ONLY”.
Features of your vehicle
Seat warmer (if equipped)
■ Front seat
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the “OFF” position.
• Each time you press the switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
→
OFF→HIGH(
OYP048318N
■ Rear seat
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
✽ NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
OYP044084N
WARNING - Seat heater
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
4 201
Features of your vehicle
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
OYP048410N
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
• If you want to cool your seat cushion, press the switch (blue color).
• Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those
things may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Be careful not to spill liquid
such as water or beverages on
the seat. If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
Before using the air ventilation
seat, dry the seat completely.
→
OFF→HIGH(
• The seat warmer (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
✽ NOTICE
For best seat cooling results, use
with air-conditioning.
4 202
Sunvisor
OYP044086K
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3). (if equipped)
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
Features of your vehicle
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
Power outlet
■ Front
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
OYP048420N
OYP048419N
■ Rear
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic
interference
when
plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
OYP044089N
4 203
Features of your vehicle
• Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat and the fuse
may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery
may flow into the vehicle’s electri
cal/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
AC inverter (if equipped)
OYP044090N
WARNING - Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an electric shock.
✽ NOTICE
When turning on the AC inverter,
the indicator on the AC inverter button illuminates late while the system
conducts a self-check.
OYP044091N
OYP044319N
4 204
The AC inverter supplies 115V/100W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipments.
If you wish to use the AC inverter,
press the AC inverter button while
the engine is running. The light on
the AC inverter button will illuminate.
If you press the AC inverter button
again, the AC inverter will be deactivated and the light on the AC inverter button will turn off.
Features of your vehicle
OYP074067N
✽ NOTICE
• Rated voltage : AC 115V
• Maximum electric power : 100W
• In order to avoid an electrical system failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual
before use.
• Be sure to close the cover except
the time of use.
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC
inverter while the engine is not running.
• When not using the AC inverter,
make sure to turn off the AC inverter (the indicator on the button does
not illuminate) and close the AC
inverter cover.
• After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out.
Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time
may cause battery discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory
or equipment the power consumption of which is greater than 100W
(115V).
• While the power consumption of
some electrical devices/appliances
may be within the AC inverter’s
electric power range, it may malfunction in below cases.
- If the device/appliance requires
high electric power for initial start
up
- If the device/appliance processes
precise/very accurate data
- If the device/appliance requires
very stable supply of electricity
CAUTION - Electric accessory devices
• Do not use broken electric
accessories which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
4 205
Features of your vehicle
USB charger (if equipped)
■ Front
OYP048421N
■ Rear
OYP044097N
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable. The
electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in ACC/ON/START position.
4 206
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed.
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent battery discharge.
• Only devices that fits the USB port
can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
• Battery chargers cannot be
charged.
Wireless smart phone charging system (if equipped)
OYP048411N
A wireless smart phone charging
system located in front of the center
console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the
ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start
wireless charging, place the smart
phone equipped with wireless charging function on the wireless charging
pad.
For best wireless charging results,
place the smart phone on the center
of the charging pad.
Features of your vehicle
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smart phone
equipped with QI per single usage
only. Please refer to the smart phone
accessory cover or the smart phone
manufacturer homepage to check
whether your smart phone supports
QI function.
Wireless smart phone charging
1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
smart phone, the wireless charging
function may not operate properly.
2. Place the smart phone on the center of the wireless charging pad.
3. The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change
to green.
4. You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function to either ON or
OFF by selecting the USM on the
instrument cluster. (Please refer to
“Instrument Cluster” for details).
If the wireless charging is not functioning properly, the orange light will
blink and flash for ten seconds then
turn off. In such cases, remove the
smart phone from the pad and
replace it on the pad again, or double
check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle ignition is in OFF, the vehicle will alert
you through warning messages and
sound (applicable for vehicles with
voice guidance function).
4 207
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident, severe bodily injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.
4 208
CAUTION - Metal in
Wireless Charging System
If any metallic object such as a
coin is located between the
wireless charging system and
the smart phone, the charging
may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up and
potentially damage the charging
system. If there is any metallic
object between the smart phone
and the charging pad, immediately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after
it has cooled down.
✽ NOTICE
• When the interior temperature of
the wireless charging system rises
above a set temperature, the wireless charging will cease to function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold,
the wireless charging function will
resume.
• The wireless charging may not
function properly when there is a
heavy accessory cover on the
smart phone.
The wireless charging will stop
when the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wireless
charging pad.
• The smart key detection feature in
operation could temporarily stop
charging.
(When turning on ignition, opening doors, or closing doors)
• The wireless charging will stop
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Items equipped with magnetic
components such as credit cards,
telephone cards, bankbooks, or a
transportation ticket may become
damaged during wireless charging.
• Place the smart phone on the center of the charge pad for best
results. The smart phone may not
charge when placed near the rim
of the charging pad. When the
smart phone does get charged, it
may heat up excessively.
• For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an
appropriate accessory has to be
equipped.
• Cellphones without the certification for wireless charging (
)
could fail to charge.
• The
self-protection
feature
equipped in some mobile phones
could slow down or stop charging.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Items equipped with magnetic
components such as credit cards,
telephone cards, bankbooks, or a
transportation ticket may become
damaged during wireless charging.
• When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in
any way.
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
4 209
Features of your vehicle
Coat hook (if equipped)
Floor mat anchor(s)
WARNING
■ Driver seat
■ Passenger seat
OXM043309
OYP044164K
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illustration.
To use the coat hook, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.
4 210
OPS046500
■ Rear seat
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable objects
in the clothe pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag
is inflated, it may cause vehicle
damage or bodily injury.
OYP044312N
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
WARNING
Your vehicle was manufactured
with driver's side floor mat
anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in
place. To avoid any interference
with pedal operation, Kia recommends that only the Kia floor
mat designed for use in your
vehicle be installed.
WARNING - Aftermarket
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.
4 211
Features of your vehicle
Side curtain (if equipped)
OYP044092K
OYP044093K
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on
both sides of the handle.
4 212
CAUTION
• Do not pull the side curtain
other than straight up/down
direction. It may a cause of the
side curtain damage or wrinkle.
• Use the side curtain handle
while
pulling
to
hook.
Otherwise, it may a cause of
the side curtain damage or
wrinkle due to interference
with the door trim.
• Use the side curtain with tightly hooked in both sides.
Otherwise, it may a cause of
curtain damage.
• When you pull up/down the
curtain, be sure to check that
if the curtain is correctly
hooked/unhooked in both
sides. Otherwise, it may a
cause of sag.
• Do not pull up/down the curtain while using sliding door.
Curtain may be damaged by
interfering.
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
OUM044089
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle, care should be taken when
carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.
WARNING - Luggage net
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
4 213
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped)
OYP044095K
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorized Kia.
4 214
✽ NOTICE
• The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items
onto the roof rack.
• If the vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
way that it could interfere with
sunroof operation.
• When carrying large objects on
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length
or width.
CAUTION - Loading Roof
Rack
• When carrying cargo on the
roof rack, take the necessary
precautions to make sure the
cargo does not damage the
roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects
on the roof rack, make sure
they do not exceed the overall
roof length or width.
• When you are carrying cargo
on the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof (if equipped).
This can damage the sunroof.
Features of your vehicle
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be
loaded onto the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly as
possible on the roof rack and
secure the load firmly.
ROOF
RACK
100 kg (220 lbs.)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight limit
on the roof rack may damage your
vehicle.
• The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may result
in loss of vehicle control or rollover
resulting in an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items loaded on
the roof rack. This is especially true
when carrying large, flat items such
as wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off the
roof rack and cause damage to your
vehicle or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
WARNING - Driving with
roof load
Always drive slow and turn corners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack.
4 215
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE
Antenna
AUX, USB port
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
4 216
OYP044249K
OYP048190N
The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals and
transmit data.
If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port, you
can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB and also
an iPod®.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
How Vehicle Radio Works
• Always use the USB charging
cable that has been certified by the
phone manufacturer. Use of aftermarket cables is not recommended.
• When using a portable audio
device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the
power source of the portable audio
device.
FM reception
* iPod®
Inc.
is a Registered trademark of Apple
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
OJF045308L
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
4 217
Features of your vehicle
AM reception
FM radio station
JBM004
OJF045309L
OJF045310L
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance,low
frequency radio waves can follow the
curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight. In addition, they
curve around obstructions resulting
in better signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals are
easily affected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can lead
to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you
to believe a problem exists with your
radio. The following conditions are
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
4 218
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
station with a stronger signal.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
Features of your vehicle
OJF045311L
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or
fluttering. This can be caused by a
direct and reflected signal from the
same station, or by signals from
two stations with close frequencies.
If this occurs, select another station
until the condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possible.
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
WARNING - Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe and
legal location to use a cellular
phone.
4 219
Features of your vehicle
Declaration of Conformity
IC
This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence.
L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible
d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
4 220
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-44
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-46
• Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• FCA front radar/Camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
• Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Cruise Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
• To set Cruise Control Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
• To increase Cruise Control set Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 5-59
• To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
• To resume cruising speed at more than
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go system . . 5-61
• Smart Cruise Control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
• Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• When the lane ahead is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
• When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane. . 5-70
• To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
5
• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
• Active ECO operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
• When Active ECO is activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
• Limitation of Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-83
• Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)/
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) . 5-85
5
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) . . . 5-89
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system . . . . . . 5-94
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
• System standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system . . . . . . 5-98
• LDW operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
• Warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
• Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
• Driving on unpaved roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-112
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze in
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-113
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
• Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
• Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
• Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
• If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
5
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose. If you hear a change
in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the
underneath side of the vehicle, have
the exhaust system checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
5 4
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
WARNING - Open Liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger compartment If you must drive with
the liftgate open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
Necessary inspections
Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
“Maintenance”.
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING - Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
5 6
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedals.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driving drunk.
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
Illuminated ignition switch
Ignition switch position
LOCK
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the
tension.
OYP054028K
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your
convenience, provided the ignition
switch is not in the ON position. The
light will go off immediately when the
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
OYP054029K
The ignition key can be removed only
in the LOCK position.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position. The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
5 8
WARNING
The anti-theft steering column
lock (if equipped) is not a substitute for the parking brake.
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is engaged in P (Park) for automatic transmission, set the
parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are
not taken.
WARNING - Ignition switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle
is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
WARNING - Key holder
Do not place small purses, multiple keys, or other heavy accessories on your vehicle key ring.
The driver can accidently push
these objects causing the ACC
position to change while in
motion and disrupt the proper
operation of some of the vehicle's safety features.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Leaving the
Vehicle
To avoid unexpected or sudden
vehicle movement, never leave
your vehicle if the transmission
is not locked in the P (Park)
position and the parking brake
is fully engaged. Before leaving
the driver's seat, always make
sure the shift lever is engaged in
P (Park), set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Starting the engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park). Depress the brake
pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4. Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION - Starter
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage it.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
Illuminated engine start/stop
button
Engine start/stop button position
OFF
Not illuminated
OYP054001K
Whenever the front door is opened,
the engine start/stop button will illuminate for your convenience. The
light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.
5 10
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the engine start/stop button with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. When you press the engine
start/stop button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
engine start/stop button will not
change to the OFF position but to the
ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3
seconds. If the vehicle is still moving,
you can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by pressing the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Amber
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
If the engine start/stop button is in
the ACC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
START/RUN
Redish orange
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the engine start/stop button in
the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
Not illuminated
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine
with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position.
If you press the engine start/stop button without depressing the brake
pedal for automatic transmission vehicles, the engine will not start and the
engine start/stop button changes as
follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 11
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If you leave the engine start/stop
button in the ACC or ON position
for a long time, the battery will discharge.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never
press
the
engine
start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an
emergency. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
5 12
Starting the engine with a
smart key
1. Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied.
3. Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park). Depress the brake
pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
4. Press the engine start/stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button
is in the ACC position or above, if
any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, a
message "key is not in the vehicle"
will appear on the LCD display. And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the engine start/stop
button while the smart key is in
the vehicle may result in unintended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
OYP054005K
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without depressing the brake pedal. But for your
safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
Do not press the engine start/stop
button for more than 10 seconds
except when the stop lamp fuse is
blown.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
+ (UP)
- ( D OW N )
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OYP058194N
5 14
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
WARNING
- Automatic transmission
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is latched in
the P position and set the parking brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transmission
To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the
brakes on. The transmission may
be damaged if you shift into P
(Park) while the vehicle is in
motion.
When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle with the engine
power. Use the service brake or the
parking brake.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This position locks the transmission and prevents the drive wheels from rotating.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the vehicle” explained in this
chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
5 16
N (Neutral)
When in Neutral, the wheels and
transmission are not engaged. The
vehicle will roll freely even on the
slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1. After parking your vehicle, step on
the brake pedal and move the shift
lever to P with the ignition button in
ON or while the engine is running.
2. If the parking brake is applied
unlock the parking brake.
3. While pressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button OFF.
- For smart key equipped vehicles,
the ignition switch can be moved
to OFF only when the shift lever
is in P.
4. Change the gear shift lever to N
(Neutral) while pressing the brake
pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE] button or inserting,
pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead
screw-driver) into the [SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE] access hole at the
same time. Then, the vehicle will
move when external force is
applied.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park
the vehicle in P (Park) for safety and engage the parking
brake.
• Before parking in N (Neutral)
gear, first make sure the parking ground is level and flat. Do
not park in N gear on any
slopes or gradients.
If parked and left in N, the
vehicle may move and cause
serious damage and injury.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will automatically shift through a 8-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at which
time the transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear.
+ (UP)
Sports
mode
- ( D OW N )
OYP058008N
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
In sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transmission,
the sports mode allows gearshifts
with
the
accelerator
pedal
depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 8 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
5 18
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transmission to shift into the 2nd
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side to
shift back to the 1st gear.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering noise near the shift lever may
be heard. It is a normal condition.
Driving your vehicle
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position. Even if the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position, the
key also cannot be removed.
If your vehicle is equipped with
engine start/stop button, the button
will not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
OYP058007N
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
4. Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
Good driving practices
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
5 20
Driving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To drive up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
CAUTION - Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
5 22
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes. You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake – Foot type
(if equipped)
Releasing the parking brake
Applying the parking brake
OYP054010K
OYP054009K
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
WARNING
• Never allow a passenger to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parked to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the car which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
second time while applying the foot
brake. The pedal will automatically
extend to the fully released position.
CAUTION - Parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Electronic parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
W-75
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there may
be a malfunction in the brake system.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
5 24
OYP058245N
To apply the EPB (electronic parking
brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes
on.
Driving your vehicle
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if the Auto Hold button is on when
the engine is turned off. However, if
you press the EPB switch after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not
be Applied.
✽ NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain
at a standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more
than 3 seconds.
Do not operate the parking brake/
EPB while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation.
Releasing the parking brake
✽ NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
OYP058241N
To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
• Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
To release EPB (electronic parking
brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Automatic transmission vehicle
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Rear), D (Drive) or Sports
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
5 26
✽ NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the ignition
switch or engine stop/start button
is in the OFF position, but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
Do not follow the above procedure
when driving on a flat level ground.
The vehicle may suddenly move forward.
CAUTION
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though
the EPB has been released,
have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and
brake rotor wear.
Driving your vehicle
EPB (electronic parking brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
System warning
If the above situation occurs,
depress the brake pedal and release
EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING - Parking
✽ NOTICE
For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
equipped vehicles with AUTO
HOLD function used while driving,
if the ignition button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be
engaged automatically. Therefore,
the AUTO HOLD function should
be turned off before the ignition button is turned off.
Brake Use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedestrians.
OYP058242N
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood, driver's door or trunk is opened, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
• A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
• The EPB may malfunction if you
drive with the EPB applied.
• When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator
pedal, depress it slowly.
System warning
System warning
OYP058243N
OYP058244N
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated because of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
✽ NOTICE
Depress the brake pedal when the
above message appears for the Auto
Hold and EPB may not activate.
5 28
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
■ Type A
■ Type B
OYP058246N
This warning light illuminates if the
engine start/stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the system is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• The EPB warning light may illuminate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off
and turn it on again after a few minutes. The warning light will go off
and the EPB switch will operate
normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
• If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light
is on, press the switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back up.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch.
WARNING
Do not operate the electronic
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
electronic parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the electronic
parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.
✽ NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.
5 30
If you notice a continuous noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB (electronic parking
brake) is not released
If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
White
White
Green
OYP058214N
OYP058215N
1. Depress the brake pedal, start the
engine and then press the Auto
Hold button. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on indicating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage,
the driver's door, engine hood and
trunk must be closed and the driver's seat belt must be fastened.
2. When coming to a complete stop
by depressing the brake pedal, the
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from white to green indicating the
AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB
is applied. The vehicle will remain
at a standstill even if you release
the brake pedal.
3. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
4. If you press the accelerator pedal
with the shift lever in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto
Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to
move. The indicator changes from
green to white indicating the Auto
Hold is in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
depressing the accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth launch.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Cancel
Light off
OYP058216N
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
depressing the brake pedal.
5 32
• The following are conditions when
the Auto Hold will not engage
(Auto Hold light will not turn
green and the Auto Hold system
remains in stand by):
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
under any of the following conditions (Auto Hold light remains
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
(Continued)
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not activate Auto Hold
while driving downhill, backing
up or parking your vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the driver’s door, engine hood or trunk open
detection system, the Auto Hold may
not work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
✽ NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increase
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
5 34
• Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
W-78
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
OYP054011K
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Electronic stability control
(ESC) will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in
turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents. Only a safe and attentive
driver can prevent accidents by
avoiding maneuvers that cause
the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always
follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering
input can all affect whether ESC will be
effective in preventing a loss of control.
It is still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is functioning properly.
5 36
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
Driving your vehicle
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slippery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.
■ Type A
OYP058220N
■ Type B
OYP058217N
• ESC off state 1
To turn off the traction control function and only operate the brake control function of the ESC, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for at
least half a second (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF
) illuminates).
5 37
Driving your vehicle
At this state, only the brake control
function will operate.
If your vehicle is equipped with cluster type B, C, a message also will
appear on the LCD display.
■ Type A
At this state, the car stability control
function does not operate.
If your vehicle is equipped with cluster type B, C, a message also will
appear on the LCD display.
OYP058221N
■ Type B
OYP058219N
• ESC off state 2
To turn off the traction control function and the brake control function of
the ESC, press the ESC OFF button
(ESC OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light (ESC
OFF ) illuminates and ESC OFF
warning chime will sound.
5 38
Driving your vehicle
Indicator light
■ ESC indicator light
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system
to malfunction. When replacing
tires, make sure they are the
same size as your original tires.
■ ESC OFF indicator light
WARNING
When ignition switch is turned to ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
The Electronic Stability Control
system is only a driving aid that
can only assist you in maintaining control under certain circumstances. Use precautions
for safe driving by slowing
down on curved, snowy, or icy
roads. Drive slowly and don’t
attempt to accelerate whenever
the ESC indicator light is blinking, or when the road surface is
slippery.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system operation.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM) (if equipped)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detects changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
WARNING - Tire/
Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying
tire or wheel sizes may diminish
any supplemental safety benefits
of the VSM system.
5 40
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
Driving your vehicle
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
WARNING
- Vehicle stability management
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Vehicle stability management. It can only assist you in
maintaining control under certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽ NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 22 km/h (13
mph) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 10 km/h (6
mph) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always
follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving in
clement weather and on a slippery
road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system,
no matter how advanced, can
compensate for all driver error
and/or
driving
conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
Good braking practices
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the accelerator pedal.
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped
on an incline. While stopped,
make sure you maintain brake
pressure sufficient to prevent
your vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident.
Don’t release the brake pedal
until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
5 42
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
Automatic Transmission, don't let
your vehicle creep forward. To
avoid creeping forward, keep your
foot firmly on the brake pedal when
the vehicle is stopped.
Driving your vehicle
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (automatic transmission). If your vehicle
is facing downhill, turn the front
wheels into the curb to help keep
the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the transmission to
overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead
or detect a pedestrian (if equipped)
in the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
5 44
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA):
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the
vehicle completely and does
not avoid collisions.
System setting and activation
System setting
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch to the ON
position and by selecting 'User
Settings', 'Driver Assistance', and
‘Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist’.
The FCA deactivates when the driver cancels the system setting.
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light
illuminates
when
the
ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off (Traction & Stability control
disabled.). When the warning light
remains ON with the FCA activated,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User
Settings in the instrument cluster
LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning
include the following:
• EARLY - When this condition is
selected,
the
initial
Forward Collision Warning
is activated earlier than
normal. If the ‘EARLY’ condition feels too sensitive,
change it into ‘NORMAL’.
• NORMAL - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward
Collision
Warning is activated normally.
• LATE - When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward
Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount
of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead
before the initial warning
occurs. Select this condition
only when traffic is light,
and you are driving slowly.
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA will activate when the FCA
is selected on the LCD display, and
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is activated.
- The driving speed is over 10 km/h
(6 mph). (The FCA only works
within a certain range of vehicle
speeds)
- When the FCA recognizes a vehicle or the pedestrian in front.
WARNING
The FCA may not recognize
every obstacle or provide warnings and braking in every situation, so do not rely on the FCA
to stop the vehicle in instances
where the driver sees an obstacle and has the ability to apply
the brakes.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Set or cancel FCA with controlling switches on steering wheel
after stopping the vehicle in the
safe place for your safety.
Do not attempt to set or cancel
the FCA while your vehicle is
moving.
• The FCA automatically activates
upon placing the ignition switch to
the ON position. The driver can
deactivate the FCA by canceling the
system setting on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates
upon canceling the ESC. When the
ESC is cancelind, the FCA cannot
be activated on the LCD display.
The FCA warning light will illuminate, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the system.
5 46
FCA warning message and
system control
Collision Warning (1st warning)
The FCA system produces warning
messages, warning alarms, and
emergency braking based on the
level of risk of a frontal collision, such
as when a vehicle ahead suddenly
brakes.
OYP058196N
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA limitedly controls the
brakes to mitigate a potential collision.
Driving your vehicle
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
CAUTION
When other warning sounds
such as the seat belt warning
sound are in operation and
override the FCA alarming system, FCA warning sounds may
not occur.
OYP058222N
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA limitedly controls the
brakes to mitigate a potential collision. Brake control is maximized
just before a collision.
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
turns the steering wheel.
• The braking control is automatically canceled when risk factors disappear.
WARNING
The driver should always exercise caution when operating the
vehicle, even though there is no
warning message or warning
alarm.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
FCA front radar / camera sensor
Never rely solely on the FCA to
avoid a collision. It is the driver's responsibility to safely
maneuver the vehicle under all
conditions.
WARNING
The FCA operates within certain
parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle/pedestrian in front, the speed of the
vehicle/pedestrian in front, and
the driver's vehicle operation.
Certain conditions such as
inclement weather and road
conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. Never
deliberately drive dangerously
to activate the system.
OYP058140N
OYP058020N
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the
sensor or sensor cover is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt,
snow, or foreign substances on the
lens may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
5 48
✽ NOTICE
• Do not install any accessories, such
as a license plate bracket or
bumper sticker near the sensor
area. Do not replace the bumper
by yourself. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance.
• Always keep the sensor/bumper
area clean.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly
pressurized water on the sensor
installed on the bumper.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the frontal sensor
area. When the sensor moves out
of the correct position due to
external force, the system may not
operate correctly even without the
warning light or message. In this
case, we recommend you to have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Use only the genuine Kia sensor
cover. Do not arbitrarily apply
paint on the sensor cover.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not tint the window or install
stickers, accessories around the
inside mirror where the camera is
installed.
• Make sure the frontal camera
installation point does not get wet.
• Do not impact or arbitrarily
remove any radar/camera components.
• Do
not
place
reflective
objects(white paper or mirror etc.)
on the dashboard. The system may
activate unnecessarily due to
reflect of the sunlight.
• Excessive audio volume may prevent vehicle occupants from hearing the sound of the system warning alarm.
Warning message and warning
light
System malfunction
OYP058198N
OYP058197N
When the sensor cover or the sensor
lens is covered with foreign substances, such as snow or rain, the
FCA operation may temporarily stop.
In this case, the warning message
appears to warn the driver.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any objects is not detected after turning ON the engine.
• When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light
(
) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC warning light.
5 49
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver’s convenience.
The driver still maintains
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed or
stop the vehicle.
• The FCA may unnecessarily
produce warning messages
and warning alarms. Due to
the sensing limitation, the
FCA may not produce warning
messages or warning alarm at
all.
• When there is a malfunction
with the FCA, the braking control does not operate upon
detecting a collision risk even
with other braking systems
normally operating.
(Continued)
5 50
(Continued)
• The FCA operates only for the
vehicle / pedestrian in front,
while driving forward. It does
not operate for any animals or
vehicles in the opposite direction.
• The FCA cannot recognize
cross-traffic or parked vehicles presenting a sideprofile.
• If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
• The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid risk of
collision.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse. In these cases, you
must maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
• The FCA system may not activate according to driving condition, traffic on the road,
weather, road condition, etc.
• The FCA system may not activate to all types of vehicles.
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of the system
The FCA system is designed to monitor the driving situation ahead
through camera and radar sensors to
warn the driver that a collision is
imminent, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.
In certain situations, the camera and
sensors may not be able to detect
the situation ahead. In these cases,
the FCA system may not operate
normally. The driver must pay careful
attention in the following situations
where the FCA operation may be
limited.
Recognizing vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
- The radar or the camera is covered
with foreign substances.
- It heavily rains or snows.
- There is interference by electromagnetic waves.
- The vehicle in front has a narrow
body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle)
- The driver’s view is unclear due to
the backlight, the reflected light, or
darkness.
- The camera cannot contain the full
image of the vehicle in front.
- The vehicle in front is a special
vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded
truck or a trailer.
- The outside brightness is greatly
changed, such as entering/exiting
the tunnel.
- The vehicle driving is unstable.
- The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited.
- The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
- The vehicle in front is driving erratically
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
- Backlight is reflected in the direction of the vehicle (including front
light from the vehicle ahead)
- Moisture on the windshield is not
completely removed or frozen.
- The weather is misty.
- The vehicle in front does not turn
ON the rear lights, does not have
rear lights, has asymmetric rear
lights, or has rear lights out of
angle.
- The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or roads
with sudden gradient changes.
- The vehicle is moving under ground
level or inside a building.
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driving over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shaken,
- When driving around a roundabout
with a vehicle in front,
5 51
Driving your vehicle
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, damage on glass, foreign matter (sticker, insect, etc.)
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehicle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the road
surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehicles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
5 52
OUM054040L
OUM054041L
- Driving on a curve
The FCA performance may be limited while driving on a curve. The FCA
may not recognize the vehicle in front
even in the same lane. The FCA system may produce the warning message and the warning alarm, or apply
the braking controls, prematurely, or
it may not produce the warning message or the warning alarm, or apply
the braking controls, at all.
While driving on a curve, exercise
caution, and, if necessary, depress
the brake pedal.
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may alarm
the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle. Always check the traffic
conditions around the vehicle while
driving.
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OYP054145N
OUM054043L
- Driving on a slope
The FCA performance may be limited while driving upward or downward
on a slope, and may not recognize
the vehicle in front in the same lane.
It may produce the warning message
and the warning alarm prematurely,
or it may not produce the warning
message and the warning alarm at
all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
5 53
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OUM054046L
OYP054151N
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
erges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
- Recognizing the vehicle
Detecting the vehicle in front of you If
the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
5 54
• Do not use the FCA system
when towing a vehicle.
Application of the FCA system
while
towing
may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed
to detect and monitor the road
situation ahead through camera recognition and/or sensors. It is not designed to
detect bicycles, motorcycles,
or smaller wheeled objects
such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
Driving your vehicle
Recognizing pedestrians
(if equipped)
The sensor may be limited when:
- The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
- The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recognition system
- The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
- There is an item similar to a person's body structure
- The pedestrian is small
- The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
- The sensor recognition is limited
- It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians or a large crowd
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driving over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shaken,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, damage on glass, foreign matter (sticker, insect, etc.)
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehicle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the road
surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehicles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- If the moist on the front windshield
is not entirely removed or it is
frozen
- The weather is foggy
- The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited.
5 55
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Testing the
FCA
Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
✽ NOTICE
The system may temporarily cancel
if there is interference by electromagnetic waves.
When replacing or reinstalling the
windshield,
front
bumper
or
radar/camera after removal, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
5 56
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the device.
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The cruise control system allows you ✽ NOTICE
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (20
mph).
If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated) the cruise
control can be switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.
Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads or over 6%
up-hill or down-hill roads.
To set cruise control speed:
• During normal cruise control
operation, when the SET switch is
activated or reactivated after
applying the brakes, the cruise
control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is
normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
OYP057013
WARNING - Misuse of
Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 30 km/h
(20 mph).
5 57
Driving your vehicle
To increase cruise control set
speed:
To decrease the cruising
speed:
OYP057014
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The SET indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illuminate. Release the accelerator at
the same time. The desired speed
will automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
5 58
OYP057015
OYP057014
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operated in this manner.
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down. Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operated in this manner.
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, move the
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.
✽ NOTICE
Always check the road conditions
when you move the lever up (to
RES+) to resume the speed.
OYP057016
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an
Automatic Transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 20
km/h (13 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 30 km/h (20
mph).
5 59
Driving your vehicle
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 30
km/h (20 mph):
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
OYP057013
OYP057015
If any method other than the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when you move the lever up.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
5 60
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the previous page.
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
smart cruise control system.
WARNING
OYP058223L
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ Set speed
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
The smart cruise control system
is a supplemental system and is
not a substitute for safe driving
practices. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
- Smart cruise control system Inadvertent Activation
If the smart cruise control systemis left on (CRUISE indicator
in the instrument cluster illuminated), it can be activated inadvertently. Keep the smart cruise
control
systemsystem
off
(CRUISE indicator turn off)
when the smart cruise control
systemis not in use to avoid
setting a speed which the driver
is not aware of.
The smart cruise control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain a constant speed and a
predetermined distance to vehicle
ahead without depressing the accelerator or brake pedal.
5 61
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
- Smart cruise control system Limitations
• Use the smart cruise control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the smart cruise
control when it may not be
safe to keep the car at a constant speed. For instance :
- Highway interchange and
tollgate
- Road surrounded by abnormally multiple steel constructions (subway construction, steel tunnel, etc)
- Parking lot
- Lanes beside guard rail on a
road
- Slippery road with rain, ice,
or snow covered
(Continued)
5 62
(Continued)
- Abrupt curved road
- Steep hills
- Windy roads
- Off roads
- Roads under construction
- Rumble strip
- When driving near crash
barriers
- When driving on a sharp
curve
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to
vehicle modification resulting in a level difference
between the vehicle's front
and rear
- When driving in heavy traffic
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow covered roads
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather, such as fog, snow,
rain or sandstorm)
• The smart cruise control systemsystem cannot recognize
a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the smart cruise control
system.
• Be careful when driving
downhill using the SCC.
• Cruise function should not be
used when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent any
damage.
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• Unexpected situations may
lead to possible accidents.
Pay attention to road and driving conditions even when the
smart cruise control system is
being operated.
Smart cruise control switch
Speed setting
CANCEL : Cancels cruise control
operation.
CRUISE : Turns cruise control system on or off.
RES + : Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
SET - : Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To set Smart Cruise Control Speed:
OYP057130N
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn
the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster will
illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 110 mph
(180 km/h) : when there is no
vehicle in front
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 110 mph (180
km/h) : when there is a vehicle in
front
5 63
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a ownward slope.
The speed will be set to 30 km/h (20
mph) when there is a vehicle ahead
and your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 30 km/h
(0 ~ 20 mph).
To increase cruise control set
speed:
OYP057131N
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
to vehicle distance on the LCD
screen will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
5 64
OYP057132N
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 10 km/h (5 mph).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1
mph) each time you move the lever
up (to RES+) in this manner.
Driving your vehicle
• The smart cruise control system
will operate to a maximum setting
of 180 km/h (110 mph). However
all local speed limit laws must be
followed.
To decrease the cruise control
set speed:
CAUTION
Check the driving condition
before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold
the toggle switch.
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising
speed will be set again.
OYP057131N
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1
mph) each time you move the lever
down (to SET-) in this manner.
• You can set the cruise control down
to 30 km/h (20 mph).
✽ NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not
regulated automatically at this time
even if there is a vehicle in front of
you.
5 65
Driving your vehicle
Smart cruise control system will
be temporarily canceled when:
OYP054134N
Cancelled manually
The smart cruise control system is
temporarily canceled when the brake
pedal is depressed or the CANCEL
button is pressed. The speed and
vehicle to vehicle distance indicator
on the cluster will disappear and the
CRUISE indicator is illuminated continuously.
5 66
Cancelled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).
• The EPB (electronic parking brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 190
km/h (120 mph)
• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
covered with foreign matter.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -) or depressing the accelerator pedal approximately 3 seconds after the vehicle is stopped by
the smart cruise control system
with no other vehicle ahead or a
vehicle stopped far away in front.
• The engine speed is in a dangerous range.
• The smart cruise control system
has malfunctioned.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for long time.
• When the braking control is operated for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist(FCA)
• The vehicle is stopped for more
than 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is
stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other vehicle ahead.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
• When the parking brake is locked.
• The engine performance is abnormal.
Driving your vehicle
To resume cruise control set
speed:
Each of these actions will cancel the
smart cruise control system operation.
(The set speed and vehicle-to-vehicle
distance on the LCD display will go
off.)
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled automatically, the smart
cruise control system will not resume
even though the RES+ or SET- lever
is moved.
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled by a reason not described
above, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OYP058224N
If the system is automatically cancelled, the warning chime will sound
and a message will appear for a few
seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
OYP057132N
If any method other than the CRUISE
button was used to cancel cruising
speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you move the
lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-).
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will only resume below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph)
when a vehicle is in the front.
5 67
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
To turn cruise control off:
To reduce the risk of an accident,
always check the road conditions
when reactivating the smart cruise
control using the RES+ lever to
ensure the road conditions permit
safe use of the cruise control.
Vehicle to vehicle distance
setting
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
WARNING - Following
Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed
and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart cruise control
system.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
5 68
OYP057130N
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is not needed, press the
[CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
system.
OYP057136N
This function allows you to program
the vehicle to maintain a predetermined distance to the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator
pedal or brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
The vehicle to vehicle distance will
automatically activate when the
smart cruise control system is on.
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 1
Distance 2
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h
(56 mph), the distance is maintained
as follows;
Distance 4 - approximately
(172 feet)
Distance 3 - approximately
(130 feet)
Distance 2 - approximately
(106 feet)
Distance 1 - approximately
(82 feet)
When the lane ahead is clear :
52.5 m
40 m
32.5 m
25 m
✽ NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
OYP058225L
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
5 69
Driving your vehicle
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
5 70
OYP058226L
OYP058227L
OYP058228L
OYP058229L
• The vehicle will maintain the set
speed when the lane ahead is
clear.
• The vehicle will slow down or
speed up within selected speed to
maintain the selected distance
when there is a vehicle ahead of
you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in
the LCD display only when there is
an actual vehicle in front of you)
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the selected speed.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
WARNING
• The warning chime sounds
and LCD display blinks if it is
hard to maintain the selected
distance to the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle
speed by depressing the
brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and
driving condition.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
When other alarm sounds such
as the seat belt warning sound
are in operation and override
the SCC alarming system, SCC
warning sounds may not occur.
WARNING
OYP058199N
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) moves to
the next lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message will appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly
appear in front of you by depressing
the brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
- Following Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed
and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart cruise control
system.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
5 71
Driving your vehicle
In heavy traffic
• If you push the smart cruise control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating, the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white. (if equipped with EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake))
Radar to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead
OYP058200N
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
to start driving.
5 72
OYP058140N
The sensor detects distance to the
vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Driving your vehicle
Radar check message
Smart cruise control system malfunction message
■ Type A
OYP058201N
When the sensor lens cover is covered with dirt, snow, or debris, the
Smart Cruise Control System operation may stop temporarily. If this
occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display. Remove
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the
radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control System.
The Smart Cruise Control system may
not properly activate, if the radar is
totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning
ON the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).
OYP058231N
■ Type B
OYP058230N
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
CAUTION
• Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle.
• Do not install accessories
around the sensor and do not
replace the bumper by yourself. It may interfere with the
sensor performance.
• Impact damage to the sensor
or sensor area may cause the
sensor to move slightly off
position and result in the
smart cruise control system
not operating correctly without any warning or indicator
from the cluster. If this occurs,
have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
• Do not paint anything on the
sensor cover.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around
the radar sensor, the Smart
Cruise Control System may
not operate properly.
5 73
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Sensor
Damage
To prevent sensor cover damage from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
To adjust the sensitivity of
smart cruise control system
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to User Settings (Driver
Assistance) and select SCC
Reaction (Smart Cruise Control). You
may select one of the three stages
you prefer.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
✽ NOTICE
The system remembers the last
selected mode.
5 74
To convert to cruise control
mode:
OYP058202N
OYP058203N
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
Driving your vehicle
1. Turn the smart cruise control system on (the cruise indicator light
will be on but the system will not
be activated).
2. Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
WARNING
When using the cruise control
mode, you must manually
assess the distance to other
vehicles as the system will not
automatically brake to slow
down for other vehicles.
Limitations of the system
On curves
The smart cruise control system may
have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
OUM054040L
• The Smart Cruise Control system
may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then
your vehicle could accelerate to
the set speed. Also, the vehicle
speed will rapidly decrease when
the vehicle ahead is recognized
suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
5 75
Driving your vehicle
On inclines
Lane changing
OUM054041L
• Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane. Adjust your speed by depressing the brake pedal or applying the
accelerator pedal according to road
and driving conditions ahead.
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the
smart cruise control.
5 76
OYP054145N
OUM054043L
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the smart cruise control system
may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and may
cause your vehicle to accelerate to
the set speed. Also, the vehicle
speed will rapidly down when the
vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the
road and traffic conditions ahead.
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The sensor may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle recognition
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OUM054044L
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
OUM054045L
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
cannot be recognized by the sensor
as follows:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
5 77
Driving your vehicle
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
liftgate
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
5 78
OUM054046L
OUM054047L
When vehicles are at a standstill and
the vehicle in front of you changes to
the next lane, be careful when your
vehicle starts to move because it may
not recognize the stopped vehicle in
front of you.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OYP054151N
Always be cautious for vehicles that
are taller with higher clearance, or
vehicles carrying loads that stick out
of the back of the vehicle.
- Safe Use of smart cruise
control system
The smart cruise control system
is a supplemental system. You
must maintain careful observation of the roadway in front and
around you and maintain control
of your vehicle and distance
around other vehicles as you
normally would. For example,
this will require you to apply the
brakes as needed when coming
upon a slower moving vehicle, or
when a vehicle from another lane
drives quickly in front of you.
WARNING - Inclines &
Towing
Do not use smart cruise control
system on steep inclines or
when towing another vehicle or
trailer since such extreme loading can interfere with your vehicle's ability to maintain the
selected speed.
5 79
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• After starting the engine,
please stop for several seconds. If system initialization is
not completed, the smart
cruise control system does
not normally operate.
• After starting the engine, if
any objects are not detected
or the sensor cover is
obscured with foreign substances, there is a possibility
that the smart cruise control
system may not work.
• The following conditions may
cause a malfunction: overloading the liftgate, suspension
modification,
tire
replacement with unauthorized tires or tires with different tread wear and pressure
levels.
• The Smart Cruise Control system may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or
avoid a collision in every situation.
(Continued)
5 80
(Continued)
If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the
brakes.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• The smart cruise control system cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
suddensituations from occurring.
• When other vehicles are
changing lanes in front of you
frequently, the smart cruise
control system may not operate appropriately. Always look
ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the device.
5 81
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM
Active ECO operation
When Active ECO is activated:
• The engine noise may get louder.
• The vehicle speed may slightly be
reduced.
• The air conditioner performance
may be affected.
OYP058017N
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and
transmission. But fuel-efficiency can
be affected by the driver's driving
habits and road conditions.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it does not turn off even though the
engine is restarted again. To turn
off the system, press the active
ECO button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, it will
return to the normal mode.
5 82
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
the engine torque is restricted.
• When using sports mode:
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply pressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited,as it has
determined that the driver has
accelerated judging that the driver
wants to speed up.
Driving your vehicle
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
DRIVE mode
OYP058152N
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver’s preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
ECO mode (Active ECO)
Active ECO helps improve
ECO fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine and
transmission system operating parameters. Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habits and
road condition.
• When the DRIVE MODE button is
pressed and the ECO mode is
selected, the ECO indicator
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it does not turn off even though the
engine is restarted again. To turn
off the system, press the DRIVE
MODE button again.
When Active ECO is activated:
• The acceleration may slightly be
reduced eventhough you depress
the accelerator fully.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when the active eco system is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
NORMAL
COMFORT
ECO
❈ When normal mode is selected, it
is not displayed on the cluster.
5 83
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
the engine torque is restricted.
• When using manual mode:
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging
that the driver wants to speed up.
5 84
Comfort mode
The
steering
wheel
becomes lighter. The comfort mode is usually used
when driving in the city or
when parking the vehicle.
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button while operating the steering wheel, but the
steering effort will not change
immediately. After operating the
steering wheel, the steering effort
will change automatically to the
selected mode.
• When the electronic power steering is not operating properly, the
flex steering wheel will not work.
CAUTION
Use caution when changing the
steering mode while driving.
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW)/REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING
(RCCW)(IF EQUIPPED)
(1) Blind spot area
The warning range is dependent
on your vehicle speed. Note that if
your vehicle is traveling much
faster than other nearby vehicles,
the warning will not occur.
(2) Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed. If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert.
(3) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW)
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
below about 10 km/h (6 mph). If
oncoming cross traffic is detected
a warning chime will sound.
OUM056176L
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
a indicator on the outside rearview
mirrors.
5 85
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
- BCW Limitations
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) is a
supplemental system. Do not
solely rely on the system and
always pay attention to drive
safely.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System may not
detect every object alongside
the vehicle and is not a substitute for proper and safe
lane changing procedures.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes.
5 86
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)
Operating conditions
OYP054018K
The indicator on the switch will illuminate when the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) switch is
pressed with the engine start/stop
Button ON.
If vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h (20
mph), the system will activate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
If the vehicle is turned off, the system
will remember the last settings upon
restart.
When the system is not used turn the
system off by turning off the switch.
When the system is turned on the
warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror.
Driving your vehicle
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h
(20 mph).
3. Other vehicles are detected in
blind spot.
1st stage
2nd stage
WARNING
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
System and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning is not a substitute for proper and safe lane
changing procedures. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes. The BlindSpot Collision Warning System
may not detect every object
alongside the vehicle.
OUM054028
OUM054029
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror.
If the detected vehicle is not in
detecting range, the warning will turn
off.
The second stage alarm will activate
when:
1. The first stage alert is on
2. The turn signal is on to change a
lane
When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror and an alarm
will sound.
If you move the turn signal switch to
the original position, the second
stage alert will be deactivated.
5 87
Driving your vehicle
- The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
• To activate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and select
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
• To deactivate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and deselect
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
Detecting sensor
✽ NOTICE
The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
WARNING
OYP058025N
The alarm function helps alert the
driver. Deactivate this function only
when it is necessary
CAUTION
When other warning alarms
such as the seat belt warning
sound are in operation and
override the BCW alarming system, BCW warning sound may
not occur.
5 88
• The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on
the warning light and neglect
to see the surrounding of the
vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
System (BCW). Do not solely
rely on the system but check
your surroundings before
changing lanes or backing the
vehicle up. The Blind-Spot
Collision Warning system
(BCW) may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
• The system may not alert the
driver in some situations due
to system limitations so
always check your surroundings while driving.
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW)
OYP054026K
When your vehicle moves backwards
from a parking position, the RCCW
system detects approaching cross
traffic from the left and right side of
the vehicle and warns to driver.
The blind spot detection range varies
relative to the approaching vehicle
speed.
Operating conditions
• Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) in “User
Settings” under “Driver Assistance”
on the instrument cluster. The system will turn on and standby to
activate.
• Select RCCW again, to turn the
system off.
• If the vehicle is turned off, the
RCCW system will remember the
last settings upon restart. Always
turn the RCCW system off when
not in use.
• The system operates when the
vehicle speed is below 10km/h (6
mph) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
• The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) detecting range
is 0.5 m (1.6 feet) ~ 20 m (65 feet
)based on the side direction. If the
approaching vehicle speed is
4 km/h (2.5 mph) ~ 36 km/h (22
mph) within sensing range, it is
detected. However, the system
sensing range can vary based on
conditions. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
Warning type
OYG056144L
OYP058233N
OYP058232N
5 89
Driving your vehicle
• If the vehicle detected by sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warning chime will sound and the warning light will blink on the outside
rearview mirror.
• If the detected vehicle is out of
detection range, moving away in
the opposite direction or moving
slow, or if the vehicle is right
behind your vehicle, the warning is
cancelled.
• The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
CAUTION
When other warning sounds
such as the seat belt warning
sound are in operation and
override the RCCW alarming
system, RCCW warning alarm
may not occur.
5 90
❈ If your vehicle's left or right side
bumper is blinded by a barrier or
vehicles, the system sensing ability may not function properly.
WARNING
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision
Warning is not a substitute for
proper and safe lane changing procedures. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes. The BlindSpot
Collision
Warning
System may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning) system. Do not solely rely on the system but
check for yourself before
changing lanes.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surroundings while driving.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When the BCW system is
being activated, the warning
light on the outside rearview
mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the
rear side by the system. To
avoid accidents, do not focus
only on the warning light and
neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• The system may not work properly if the bumper has been replaced
or if repair work has been done
near the sensor.
• The detection area differs according to the road's width. If the road
is narrow the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• If the road is very wide the system
may not detect other vehicles.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic interference.
Warning message
OYP058204N
The message will appear to notify
the driver if there are foreign substances on the surface or inside the
rear bumper or it is hot near the rear
bumper. The light on the switch and
the system will be turned off automatically.
Remove the foreign substance on
the rear bumper.
After the foreign substance is
removed, if you drive for approximately 10 minutes, the system will
work normally.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign substance,
trailer or carrier, or other equipment
is removed, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
It is possible to get the message with
no foreign substance on the rear
bumper, for example, when driving in
sparse rural or open area, such as
desert, where there is insufficient
data for operation.
This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray.
When the cargo area or other equipment is being used, turn all functions
of the system [OFF].
5 91
Driving your vehicle
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror housing
is damaged or covered with debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
OYP058205N
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off. The
system will turn off automatically.
We recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
5 92
Limitations of the system
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
• The sensor is covered with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper, in which the sensor is located, is covered or
blocked with a foreign matter such
as a sticker, a bumper guard, a
bicycle stand, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
liftgate, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail,
pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc.
Driving your vehicle
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is very high or low.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
• When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle drives
back.
• If there are small things like a
shopping cart or baby carriage.
• If there is a low height vehicle.
• When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
• When driving through a narrow
road with many plants.
• When driving on wet surface.
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
• When the surrounding vehicle or
structure is driving in a wide area
(desert, field, suburb etc.)
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
(3) Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the device.
5 93
Driving your vehicle
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system is designed to warn the driver of potentially hazardous driving
situations if it detects inattentive
driving practices.
5 94
System setting and activation
System setting
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning system, turn on the
engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Assist → Driver
Attention Warning → Normal/Early'
on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
- Normal : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her inattentive driving practices.
- Early : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be maintained
when the engine is re-started.
Display of the driver's attention
level
OYP058206N
OYP058207N
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Assist' on the LCD display.
(For more information, refer to
"LCD Display" in chapter 4.)
The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays ‘Last
Break time’.
Take a break
CAUTION
When other warning sounds
such as the seat belt warning
sound are in operation and
override the DAW alarming system, DAW warning sounds may
not occur.
OYP058208N
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break
when the driver's attention level is
below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning system will not suggest a break when
the total driving time is shorter than
10 minutes.
5 95
Driving your vehicle
Resetting the system
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door.
- The driver takes a break from
driving that lasts more than 10
minutes.
• The driver attention warning system operates again when the driver restarts driving.
5 96
System standby
System malfunction
OYP058209N
OYP058210N
The Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the ‘Standby’ screen in the following
situations.
- The camera sensor is unable to
detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 110
km/h (40 mph) or over 177 km/h
(110 mph).
When the “Check Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system” warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
✽ NOTICE
• It may suggest a break according
to the driver’s driving pattern or
habits even if the driver doesn’t
feel fatigued.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even though
there is no break suggestion by the
Driver Attention Warning system.
✽ NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
• Do not place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection
may prevent the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system from
functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor dry.
• Do not disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on
the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may prevent the
occupants from hearing the Driver
Attention Warning system warning sounds.
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning
system may not provide alerts
in the following situations:
• The lane detection performance is limited. (For more
information, refer to "Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system" in this chapter.)
• Rough or intentionally evasive
driving
• Large tire pressure deviation,
uneven wear, poor wheel
alignment, etc.
• Severe winding road
• Uneven road surface condition
• The vehicle is controlled by
the following driving assist
systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) System
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
System
5 97
Driving your vehicle
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OYP058020N
OYP054019K
Lane Departure Warning system
detects the lane with a front view
camera at the front windshield and
warns you when your vehicle departs
from the lane.
5 98
• Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and
safely steering the vehicle.
• The LDW does not make the
vehicle change lanes or stay
in the lane.
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly if the LDW warns
that your vehicle is leaving the
lane.
• If the a front view camera cannot detect the lane or if the
vehicle speed does not
exceed 64 km/h (40 mph), the
LDW will not be able to notify
you if the vehicle leaves the
lane.
• When you replace the windshield glass or front view
camera, take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked to
need a calibration.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not allow any water or liquid to contact the front view
camera.
• Do not remove the LDW parts
and do not make strong
impact on the camera.
• Do not put objects that reflect
light on the dashboard.
• You may not hear warning
sounds from the LDW system
if the audio volume is excessively high.
Driving your vehicle
The color of indicator will change
depend on the condition of LDW.
- White : Sensor does not detect the
lane marker or vehicle speed is
less than 64 km/h (40 mph).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker.
LDW Operation
■ When the sensor detects the lane line
OYP058235N
■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line
OYP058234N
To activate/deactivate the LDW:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LDW button located on the instrument panel on the
lower left hand side of the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white.
If the indicator (white) was activated
in the previous ignition cycle, the
system turns on automatically.
If you press the LDW button again,
the indicator on the cluster display
will go off.
OYP058234N
If the vehicle leaves the lane when the
LDW operates and vehicle speed
exceeds 64 km/h (40 mph), the warning is issued as follows:
5 99
Driving your vehicle
■ Lane departure warning (Left)
2. Audible warning
If the vehicle leaves the lane, the
warning sound is provided less than
3 seconds.
Warning indicator
■ Warning message
CAUTION
OYP058211N
■ Lane departure warning (Right)
When other warning sounds
such as the seat belt warning
sound are in operation and
override the LDW alarming system, LDW warning sounds may
not occur.
OYP058213N
The LDW failure indicator(yellow) will
illuminate if the LDW is not working
properly. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
OYP058212N
1. Visual warning
If the vehicle leaves the lane, the
lane marker indicator of leaving
direction and the warning indicator
on the LCD display blinks less than 3
seconds.
5 100
Driving your vehicle
The LDW does not operate
when:
• The driver turns on the turn signal
to change lanes or operates the
hazard warning flasher.
• Driving on the lane marker.
✽ NOTICE
Always operate the turn signal
before changing lanes.
Limitations of the system
The LDW may not warn you even if
the vehicle leaves the lane, or may
warn you even if the vehicle does not
leave the lane when recognition of
the lane marker is poor or limited:
When lane and road condition is
poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marker when the lane marker is
covered with dust, sand or other
factors.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color
of the lane marker from road.
• There is something looks like a
lane marker.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The
number
of
lanes
increases/decreases or the lanes
are intersecting (Driving through a
toll plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
lane).
• There are more than two lane
markers.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
• The lane marker is not visible due
to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or
other factors.
• A shadow is on the lane marker
because of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers and others.
• When the lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for
the lines such as a construction
area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is covered with dirt or oil and etc.
5 101
Driving your vehicle
When external conditions intervene
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly when entering/exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge.
• The headlamps are not on at night
or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway.
• Light reflects from the water on the
road.
• When light shines brightly in the
reverse direction you drive.
• The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle
ahead drives hiding the lane line.
• You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
• The vehicle vibrates heavily.
• The temperature near the inside
rearview mirror is very high due to
direct sun light and etc.
5 102
When front visibility is poor
• The lens or windshield is covered
by foreign materials.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
• The windshield is fogged by humid
air in the vehicle.
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate
your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
section 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle. This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
5 103
Driving your vehicle
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warmup period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
5 104
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the
engine on and downshift to an
appropriate gear for engine
braking effect.
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an automatic transmission while driving on slippery surfaces. The
sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid
and result in an accident.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Crossover Utility
Vehicle (CUV). CUV’s have higher
ground clearance and a narrower
track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road
applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
advantage of the higher ground
clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems. They are not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as
conventional passenger vehicles,
any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
5 105
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING - Rollover
Failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle
rollover.
• Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles.
• Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance,
narrower track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles.
• A CUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as
conventional vehicles.
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
(Continued)
5 106
(Continued)
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly
more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with
tires designed to provide safe
ride and handling capability. Do
not use a size and type of tire
and wheel that is different from
the one that is originally
installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be
sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same
size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity. If you
nevertheless decide to equip
your vehicle with any tire/wheel
combination not recommended
by Kia for off road driving, you
should not use these tires for
highway driving.
Driving your vehicle
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an Automatic Transmission. Do
not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are
still stuck after a few tries, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transmission.
CAUTION - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 56
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
WARNING - Sudden
vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transmission damage or failure, and tire
damage.
5 107
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
OYP058153N
OYP054154N
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as
it may be more difficult to see at
night, especially in areas where
there may not be any street lights.
5 108
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving your vehicle
Driving in the rain
OYP058155N
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
5 109
Driving your vehicle
Driving on unpaved roads
Drive carefully on unpaved roads
because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees.
Become familiar with the unpaved
road conditions where you are going
to drive before you begin driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 110
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation
before
driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures, refer to
"Tires and wheels" in chapter 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to "Tires
and wheels" in chapter 7.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
on your tires. If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires
equivalent in size and type of the
original equipment tires. Failure to do
so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle.
Furthermore, speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially very
hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur. You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
5 111
Driving your vehicle
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
5 112
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the
battery and cables as described in
chapter 7. The level of charge in your
battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If you
aren't sure what weight oil you should
use, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Driving your vehicle
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, Automatic Transmission) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
5 113
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering towing with
your vehicle, you should first check
with your country's Department of
Motor Vehicles to determine their
legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask
an authorized Kia dealer for further
details before towing.
WARNING
- Towing a trailer
Always check your towing
equipment to confirm correct
equipment size and installation
before use. Using incompatible
or incorrectly installed trailer
equipment can effect the vehicle operation and endanger you
and your passengers.
5 114
You may require an additional wiring
harness connector to install a trailer
hitch. Please contact an authorized
Kia dealer for more details.
WARNING - Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (gross
combination weight), GVW
(gross vehicle weight), GAW
(gross axle weight) and trailer
tongue load are all within the
limits.
CAUTION - Trailer
installation
Follow instructions in this section when pulling a trailer.
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result
in costly repairs not covered by
your warranty.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To
identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
“Weight of the trailer” that appears
later in this section.
Driving your vehicle
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
This section contains important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of
these are important for your safety
and that of your passengers. Please
read this section carefully before you
pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as
the engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to
work harder against the load of the
added weight. The engine is required
to operate at relatively higher speeds
and under greater loads. This additional burden generates extra heat.
The trailer also adds considerably to
wind resistance, increasing the
pulling requirements.
Hitches
Safety chains
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you’ll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
• Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later
when you remove the hitch.
If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized Kia dealer.
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to the road if it becomes
separated from the hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided
by the hitch manufacturer or by the
trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. And, never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
5 115
Driving your vehicle
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to
your state’s regulations and that it is
properly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weight exceeds the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
require its own brakes as well. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be
able to install, adjust and maintain
them properly.
• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's brake system.
5 116
WARNING - Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This
is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent
trailer shop for this work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get to
know your trailer. Acquaint yourself
with the feel of handling and braking
with the added weight of the trailer.
And always keep in mind that the
vehicle you are driving is now a good
deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start your vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controller by hand to be
sure the brakes are working. This lets
you check your electrical connection
at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
Driving your vehicle
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance
up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased
vehicle length, you’ll need to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane. Due to the added load to the
engine when going uphill the vehicle
may also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, just move your
hand to the left. To move the trailer to
the right, move your hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects near the edge of the
road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance before
turning or lane changes.
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash whenever you signal a turn or
lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash for turns even if the bulbs on the
trailer are burned out. Thus, you may
think drivers behind you are seeing
your signals when, in fact, they are
not. It’s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. You must also check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
5 117
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Always use an approved trailer
wiring harness. Failure to use
an approved trailer wiring harness could result in damage to
the vehicle electrical system.
5 118
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get
hot and no longer operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down
and reduce your speed to around 70
km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transmission.
Towing up hill
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial
towards “H” (HOT), pull over and
stop as soon as it is safe to do so,
and allow the engine to idle until it
cools down. You may proceed once
the engine has cooled sufficiently.
• You must decide driving speed
depending on trailer weight and
uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
Driving your vehicle
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer
attached to your vehicle, you should
not park your vehicle on a hill. People
can be seriously or fatally injured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer
can be damaged if they unexpectedly roll downhill.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking
space. Turn the steering wheel in
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
2. If the vehicle has an automatic
transmission, place the vehicle in
P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake and shut off
the engine.
4. Place chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the parking
brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to P (Park) for automatic transmission.
7. Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
When you are ready to leave after
parking on a hill
1. With the automatic transmission in
P (Park), apply your brakes and
hold the brake pedal down while
you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
5 119
Driving your vehicle
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake
condition is another important item to
frequently check. Each item is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these sections before you
start your trip.
Don’t forget to also maintain your
trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day’s driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
5 120
CAUTION - Air conditioning
Do not use the A/C while using
your vehicle to tow uphill. Due
to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur
on hot days or during uphill
driving.
• When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if
you decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
• Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 2,000 km
(1,200 miles) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure
to heed this caution may result in
serious engine or transmission
damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized Kia dealer
for further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit,
etc.
Driving your vehicle
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h
(60 mph)).
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important considerations that have to do with
weight:
[kg (lbs.)]
Engine
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Item
Maximum trailer
weight
Gasoline Engine
Without brake system
453 (1,000)
With brake system
1587 (3,500)
Maximum tongue weight
158 (350)
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should
read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section.
5 121
Driving your vehicle
Weight of the trailer
Tongue Load
Weight of the trailer tongue
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight
Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM
C190E02JM
What is the maximum safe weight of
a trailer? It should never weigh more
than the maximum trailer weight with
trailer brakes. But even that can be
too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is
used to pull a trailer are all important.
The ideal trailer weight can also
depend on any special equipment
that you have on your vehicle.
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
may carry in it, and the people who
will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
will tow a trailer, you must add the
tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying that
weight.
5 122
The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
WARNING - Trailer
Always follow the loading
instructions provided with your
trailer. Improper loading can
effect vehicle operation and
result in an accident.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Tire and loading information label
OYP054156N/OYP054157N/OYP054158N/OYP054159N/OYP054160N/OYP054161N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
5 123
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle capacity weight:
7 persons : 525 kg (1,158 lbs.)
8 persons : 600 kg (1,323 lbs.)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
5 124
Seating capacity:
Total - 7 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 5 persons)
- 8 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 6 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Without trailer brakes
: 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
With trailer brakes
: 1,587 kg (3,500 lbs)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow
Driving your vehicle
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five
68 kg (150 lb) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
5 125
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1,400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
136 kg
Weight
(300 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2
Available Cargo and 499 kg
Luggage weight (1,100 lbs)
Example 3
B
C
A
C190F02JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1,400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
340 kg
Weight
(750 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 295 kg
Luggage weight (650 lbs)
B
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1,400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
390 kg
Weight
(860 lbs)
78 kg (172 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 245 kg
Luggage weight (540 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 126
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING - Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle
capacity
weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your
vehicle - like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling all of which may result in a
crash.
✽ NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
5 127
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.
5 128
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GVWR
(Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
GAWR
(Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
5 129
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Removing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
• Storing the spare tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• A flat tire indoor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Removable towing hook (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher
■ Type A
OYP064001N
■ Type B
OYP064014K
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
facia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the automatic transmission in P
(Park).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If the engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
✽ NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do
so wait at least 10 seconds to restart
the vehicle after it stalls. This may
reset the car so it will no longer run
at low power (limp home) condition.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, be sure the shift
lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park)
and the emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
WARNING - Push /
Pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
CAUTION - 12 volt battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehicle
be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid. This is poisonous and highly corrosive.
6 6
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to come in contact.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, the engine lifting bracket)
away from the battery (4). Do not
connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is
cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end
of the jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the other end to a
metallic point, far away from the
battery.
What to do in an emergency
5. Start the engine of the vehicle
with the booster battery and let it
run at 2,000 rpm, then start the
engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission lock system cannot be
push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (for
Automatic transmission) and set
the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
6 8
4. Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized
Kia dealer for assistance.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This
may result in coolant being
blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of bodily injury.
Jack and tools
OYP068029L
The jack is stored in the luggage
compartment.
Remove the panel indicated in the
illustration.
(1) Jack
WARNING - Tire Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the
vehicle can easily roll off the
jack. Use vehicle support stands.
WARNING - Changing tires
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire.
The jack should be used on a firm
level ground. If you cannot find a
firm, level place off the road, call a
towing service company for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jack
support.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to be
raised with the jack.
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Removing the spare tire
- Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
OYP058163L
OYP054167N
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the right
sliding door.
1. Open the right sliding door and
find the plastic hex bolt cover on
the floor.
2. Remove the cover.
6 10
3. Use the tool to loosen the bolt
enough to lower the spare tire.
Turn the tool counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
What to do in an emergency
Storing the spare tire
OYP054164N
4. After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the tool
counterclockwise, and draw the
spare tire outside. Never rotate the
tool excessively, otherwise the
spare tire carrier may be damaged.
5. Remove the retainer from the center of the spare tire.
6. Remove the cover from the spare
tire.
OYP058166L
OYP054165N
1. Assemble the cover and spare tire
with valve center aligning together.
2. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing down.
3. Place the wheel under the vehicle
and install the retainer through the
wheel center.
4. Turn the tool clockwise until it
clicks.
Ensure the spare tire retainer is
properly aligned with the center of
the spare tire to prevent the spare
tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare
tire to fall off the carrier and lead to
an accident.
6 11
What to do in an emergency
A flat tire indoor storage
OYP068035N
OYP068037N
In the 3rd row seats folded flat
1. Place the flat tire with its outer part
facing upwards in the middle of the
three-row seats.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the
inside of the wheel.
OYP068034N
In the 3rd row seats unfolded
upright
1. With the flat tires in the center of
the third row seats, place the outer
part of the wheel facing the liftgate.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the
inside of the wheel.
6 12
OYP068036N
3. Connect the fixing belt to the striker (a) located at the bottom
left/right side of the back of the
third row seats.
4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
What to do in an emergency
Changing tires
OYP068038N
anti-pollution
cover
OYP068042N
• If the flat tire is contaminated,
cover the tire with an anti-pollution
cover before keeping it indoors.
This is to prevent indoor contamination.
OYP068039N
1VQA4022
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park) with automatic transmission.
3. Activate the hazard warning flashers.
3. Connect the fixing belt to the striker (a) located at the bottom
left/right side of the back of the
third row seats.
4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle in
the correct jack position; never
use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
WARNING - Changing a
OYP068044L
4. Remove the tool, jack and spare
tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
6 14
tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
OYP068028N
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
What to do in an emergency
OYP064023N/Q
OYP068021L
OYP064022N
8. Insert the tool into the jack and
turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 1 in. (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can slide
over the other studs.
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to index with the jack.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury. Before putting the
wheel into place, be sure that there
is nothing on the hub or wheel (such
as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Insert the tool into the jack and
lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the tool counterclockwise.
OYP068031L
Then position the tool as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the tool handle or use an extension pipe over the tool handle. Go
around the wheel tightening every
nut following the numerical sequence
shown in the image until they are all
tight. Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
11 ~ 13 kgf·m (79 ~ 94 lb·ft)
6 16
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION - Reusing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the
stud so that it must be replaced.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
To prevent the jack, tool and spare
tire from rattling while the vehicle is
in motion, store them properly.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
"Tires and wheels" in chapter 8.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
6 18
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
80 km/h (50 mph). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the spare possibly leading to bodily injury or
death.
The compact spare should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
✽ NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should you
exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a higher
speed could damage the tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible bodily
injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly
and replace worn compact spare
tires with the same size and design,
mounted on the same wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example
• Type A
OHYK064001
• Type B
OHYK064005
• Type C
OHYK064002
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 20
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
Towing service
dolly
dolly
OYP064024N
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
WARNING - Side and
curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignitions
is ON, and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a
rollover.
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
6 21
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OYP064026N
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transmission.
OYP044260N
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
6 22
Removable towing hook (front)
(if equipped)
OYP068009N
1. Remove the towing hook from the
tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on
the front bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
What to do in an emergency
Emergency towing
Front
OYP068010N
Rear
OYP064011K
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Only use a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provided.
• Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner
while maintaining tension on the
tow rope or chain to start or drive
the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks
and the vehicle may be damaged.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
6 23
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for
towing may damage the body of
your vehicle.
OYP064025N
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m
(16 feet) long. Attach a white or red
cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loose during towing.
• The driver must be in the vehicle
for steering and braking operations
when the vehicle is towed and passengers other than the driver must
not be allowed to be on board.
6 24
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transmission shift lever in
N (Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than usual since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
• The vehicle should be towed at a
speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less
within the distance of 20 km (12
miles).
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Automatic
transmission
• To avoid serious damage to the
automatic transmission, limit
the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
(10 mph) and drive less than
1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid
leaks under your vehicle. If the
automatic transmission fluid is
leaking, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
WARNING - Emergency
Towing Precautions
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which
would place excessive stress
on the emergency towing hook
and towing cable or chain. The
hook and towing cable or
chain may break and cause
serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle is
unable to be moved, do not
forcibly continue the towing.
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer
or a commercial tow truck
service for assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight
ahead as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle
during towing.
6 25
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-15
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the power steering fluid level . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the power steering hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Recharging battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
7
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
7
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
• Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
• Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
• Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Side marker (front) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Position lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-74
• Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination
lamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
• Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
• Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Back-up lamp bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
• License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
• Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
• Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-87
• Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . 7-87
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
• Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-99
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.3L GDI)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
10. Radiator cap
11. Power steering reservoir*
* if equipped
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OYP078001N
7 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or bodily injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty &
Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
7 5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This chapter gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this chapter,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 6
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine
while working under the hood,
make certain that you remove
all jewelry (especially rings,
bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves,
and similar loose clothing
before getting near the engine
or cooling fans.
WARNING - Touching
metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine
off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 7
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
7 8
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature or less than 16 km (10
miles) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently, using the severe usage maintenance schedule instead of the normal usage maintenance schedule.
7 9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
MAINTENANCE Number of months
INTERVALS Months
Miles×1,000
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
ITEM
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and engine oil
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
filter
or driving distance, whichever comes first
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, inspect at 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months
R
R
R
Fuel additives *2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
R
R
Add every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
Spark plugs
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Replace every 156,000 km (97,500 miles)
Valve clearance *3
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
Climate control air filter
I
R
*1
*2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the
operation.
7 10
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever
INTERVALS Months
12 24 36 48 60 72 84
Miles×1,000
7.5
15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84
ITEM
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
At first, replace at 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years,
after that, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months
Coolant (Engine)
Battery condition
I
comes first
96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
(Including booster)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
Brake discs and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering pump, belt and hoses
(if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension ball joints
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
7 11
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Months
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000
7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
ITEM
Cooling system
-
-
-
I
-
Automatic transmission fluid
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
No check, No service required
Vapor hose, filler cap, canister, fuel line,
fuel hoses and connections of each part
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Fuel tank air filter *4
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
Parking brake (Foot Type)
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Brake fluid
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Cooling system hoses and connections
Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free
play
Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months
All latch, hinges and locks
Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.
7 12
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
R
Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake (Foot Type)
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
7 13
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
Climate control air filter
R
More frequently
MAINTENANCE ITEM
DRIVING
CONDITION
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
C, E, G
Severe driving conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)
in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
7 14
E - Driving in heavy dust condition
F - Driving in heavy traffic area
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter (for gasoline)
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
This gasoline powered vehicle is
equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that
is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed but depends on
fuel quality. If there are any fuel related problems like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem etc, fuel filter inspection or
replacement may be needed.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at the intervals
specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose
or fuel filler cap is installed correctly.
7 15
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration.
Pay particular attention to the hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
7 16
Air cleaner filter
Cooling system
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Coolant
Valve clearance
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform this procedure.
Maintenance
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid does
not need to be checked under normal usage conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
✽ NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color
is usually red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker.
This is normal, and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. The use of a
non-specified fluid could result
in a transmission malfunction
and
failure.
(Refer
to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" in chapter 8.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on
the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal or
lever and cables.
7 17
Maintenance
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Exhaust system
Suspension mounting bolts
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7 18
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Power steering pump, belt and
hoses (if equipped)
Check the power steering pump and
hoses for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately. Inspect the power
steering belt (or drive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive
wear, oiliness and proper tension.
Replace or adjust it if necessary.
Maintenance
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,
always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant or fluid. This is especially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used
on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
7 19
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
OUMA078256
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
7 20
CAUTION - Replacing
engine oil
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
OYP078136N
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Maintenance
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if
left in contact with the skin for
prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by
washing your hands thoroughly
with soap and warm water as
soon as possible after handling
used oil.
7 21
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
7 22
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage and could
result in serious bodily injury
from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise
to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap or
the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
Maintenance
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when working near
the blade of the cooling fan. The
electric motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
OYP078046N
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
7 23
Maintenance
Changing the coolant
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Ambient
Temperature
-15°C (5°F)
-25°C (-13°F)
-35°C (-31°F)
-45°C (-49°F)
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
CAUTION
OYP074066N
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the
radiator cap when
the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding
hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious
injury.
7 24
Put a thick cloth around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts such as the alternator.
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids (such as engine
oil) can cause damage to the
brake system.
OYP078048N
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will
fall with accumulated mileage. This is
a normal condition associated with
the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
or capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
7 25
Maintenance
POWER STEERING FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
Checking the power steering
fluid level
In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of
fluid, the vehicle should be inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
OYP078063N
With the vehicle on level ground,
check the fluid level in the power
steering reservoir periodically. The
fluid should be between MAX and
MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal temperature.
Before adding power steering fluid,
thoroughly clean the area around the
reservoir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level.
7 26
• To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, do not operate
the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering
fluid level.
• Never start the engine when
the reservoir tank is empty.
• When adding fluid, be careful
that dirt does not get into the
tank.
• Too little fluid can result in
increased steering effort
and/or noise from the power
steering system.
• The use of the non-specified
fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it.
Use only the specified power steering fluid. (Refer to "Recommended
lubricants or capacities" in chapter
8.)
Checking the power steering
hose
Check the connections for oil leaks,
damage and twists in the power
steering hose before driving.
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
OYP078049N
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING - Flammable
Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flammable under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control.
WARNING - Windshield
fluid
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
PARKING BRAKE
(IF EQUIPPED)
Checking the parking brake
OYP054009K
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N
(30 kg) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 8~9 notch
7 27
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
OYP074042K
OYP074041K
OYP074040K
It must be replaced when necessary
according to the Maintenance
Schedule, and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner compartment.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
1. Lift up and open the air cleaner
cover(1).
2. Rotate the locking lever(2) downward.
OYP074043K
3. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner
box. Be careful dust or dirt does
not enter the air intake, or damage
may result.
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
5. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
7 28
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
CAUTION - Air filter maintenance
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.
7 29
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
7 30
OYP074006K
OYP074005K
1. Open the glove box and remove
the support strap (1).
2. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides.
Maintenance
OYP074007K
OYP074008K
3. Remove the climate control air filter case by pulling out right side of
the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
7 31
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades are
not wiping properly, clean both the
window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade inspection
1JBA5122
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
7 32
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
Using any aftermarket wiper blades
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
1JBA7037
1LDA5023
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
1JBA7038
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 33
Maintenance
OSBL071001
OHM078059
OSBL071002
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
OSBL071003
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
7 34
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OHM078063
OHM078062
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 35
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service
OYP074064N
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 36
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach
of
children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected.
Maintenance
WARNING - Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
shock you.
WARNING - Recharging
Battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
WARNING - Battery lead
compound
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds.
Wash hands after handling.
✽ NOTICE
Battery recharging
Recharging battery
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
7 37
Maintenance
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
7 38
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
• Sunroof
• Trip computer
• Climate control system
• Clock
• Audio
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
WARNING - Tire underin-
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tires and wheels” in chapter
8.
OYP084005N
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
flation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe underinflation
(70 kPa (10 psi) or more) can
lead to severe heat build-up,
causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that
can result in the loss of vehicle
control. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 39
Maintenance
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by
28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
7 40
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1.6
km (one mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire. Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tires and wheels” in chapter 8.
7 41
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Without a spare tire
WARNING - Mixing tires
S2BLA790A
Directional tires (if equipped)
• Do not use the compact spare
tire (if equipped) for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
CBGQ0707A
7 42
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly.
Tire replacement
Tread wear indicator
✽ NOTICE
OEN076053
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same which were
originally supplied with the vehicle. If not, driving performance
could be altered.
• When replacing tires (or wheels),
it is recommended to replace the
two front or two rear tires (or
wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
CAUTION - Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
7 43
Maintenance
Wheel replacement
Tire traction
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
7 44
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
Maintenance
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
108 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this chapter
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
7.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 45
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
7 46
Maximum Speed
180 km/h (112 mph)
190 km/h (118 mph)
210 km/h (130 mph)
240 km/h (149 mph)
Above 240 km/h (149 mph)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2019.
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
Maintenance
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7 47
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
7 48
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories are, automatic transmission, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Maintenance
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily
intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
7 49
Maintenance
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemicals,
fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains
the load.
Production options weight: The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
7 50
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear bars,"
that show across the tread of a tire
when only 2/32 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due
to curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
Maintenance
All season tires
Snow tires
Radial-ply tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires. Snow tires should
be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4
psi) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard
tires on the tire label on the driver's
side of the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75
mph) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
7 51
Maintenance
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential
of these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7 52
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Blown
Normal
■ Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
OYP074073N
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or
add-on electric wiring of the
vehicle.
7 53
Maintenance
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
✽ NOTICE
• When replacing a fuse, turn the
ignition “OFF” and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
• The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
7 54
WARNING - Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements
fuses and relays are securely
fastened when installed. Failure
to do so can result in a vehicle
fire.
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay, make sure the new
fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may
cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays
and terminals may not be fastened correctly which may
cause vehicle damage.
CAUTION
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
screwdriver or wiring. It may
cause contact failure and system malfunction.
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for
fuse and relays only. The electrical system and wiring of the
vehicle interior may be damaged or burned due to contact
failure.
• If you directly connect the
wire on the taillight or replace
the bulb which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner junction
block can get burned.
Maintenance
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electrical components.
WARNING - Electrical
wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be
performed by authorized Kia
dealerships using approved Kia
parts. Using other wiring components, especially when retrofitting the audio system or theft
alarm system, or remote engine
control may cause vehicle damage and increase the risk of a
vehicle fire.
✽ NOTICE - Remodeling
Inner panel fuse replacement
Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the performance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
✽ NOTICE - Window tinting pre-
caution
Window tint (especially metallic
film) might cause communication
errors or poor radio reception, and
malfunctioning automatic lighting
system due to reflections from the
mirror tint inside the vehicle. The
solution used might also leak into
the electronic components, causing
malfunctions or damage.
OYP076009
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
7 55
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are not blown, check the fuse
panel in the engine compartment. If a
fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
Fuse switch
OYP074010K
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 56
✽ NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
OYP076011
Always set the fuse switch to the ON
position before using the vehicle.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly. When the switch is
Off, the caution indicator will be displayed on the instrument cluster.
Always place the fuse switch in the
ON position while driving the vehicle.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”
position, a caution indicator will be
displayed in the cluster.
Maintenance
CAUTION - Fuse Panel
Covers
The contact points of the
switches may wear out with
excessive use. Please refrain
from excessive use of the
switches (except for long-term
parking for over 1 month).
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
✽ NOTICE
• Set all switches to ON before driving.
• If the vehicle is going to be unused
for over 1 month, set all switches
to OFF to prevent the batteries
from draining.
OYP074012N
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up. When the blade type
fuse is disconnected, remove it by
using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine
compartment fuse box. Upon
removal, securely insert reserve
fuse of the same rating.
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine compartment to protect against
electrical failure which may
occur from water contact.
Listen for the audible clicking
sound to ensure fuse panel
cover is securely fastened.
7 57
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
Main fuse
OYP074052N
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7 58
The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine
room and internal fuse box’s individual fuses are not disconnected. In
such case the cause of the problem
may be disconnection of the main
fuse (BFT type), which is located
inside the positive battery terminal
(+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electrical components.
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
OYP076014
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
OYP078137N
7 59
Maintenance
Inner fuse panel
Fuse Name
ECU
Fuse rating
10A
MODULE4
7.5A
MODULE3
10A
LDWS Module, Stop Lamp, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH
(CENTER), Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Sensor
LH/RH (CENTER), Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, FCA(Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist)
MODULE5
7.5A
Rear Seat Heater Control Module, AC Inverter Unit, Heater Control Module, Passenger Ventilation Seat
Control Module, Portable Lamp, Around View Unit
MODULE6
WIPER RR
CLUSTER
MODULE8
A/CON1
7.5A
15A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
Rear Wiper Motor, Wiper RR Relay
Instrument Cluster
DBL UNIT
A/C Control Module, Ionizer, Rear A/C Control Switch, PCB Block (Blower Relay, Blower RR Relay)
MEMORY2
10A
Data Link Connector, Instrument Cluster, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module, BCM, Power Sliding Door
Module, Driver Door Module, Passenger Safety Power Window Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
SMART KEY3
POWER OUTLET2
A/BAG IND
WASHER
HEATED STEERING
MEMORY1
SMART KEY1
POWER OUTLET3
MODULE2
10A
20A
7.5A
15A
15A
10A
25A
20A
7.5A
Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module
Console Power Outlet
Instrument Cluster, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module(Auto)
Multifunction Switch, BCM
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Switch)
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Switch)
Smart Key Control Module
Rear Power Outlet
BCM, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module
7 60
Circuit Protected
PCM, Smart Key Control Module/Immobilizer Module
Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Multipurpose Check Connector, Bezel Switch, Electro
Chromic, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, Heater Control Module, Passenger
Ventilation Seat Control Module, Driver IMS Control Module, Rear Seat Heater Control Module, Auto
Head Leveling Device Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL.
Maintenance
Fuse Name
MULTIMEDIA
S/ROOF FRT
AMP
IG1
SMART KEY2
Fuse rating
15A
20A
25A
20A
7.5A
Circuit Protected
USB Charger #1/#2, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
Front Sunroof Motor
AMP
PCB BLOCK (Fuse - ABS3, TCU, MDPS, CRUISE)
Smart Key Control Module
INTERIOR LAMP
10A
Portable Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Cargo Lamp, Front Vinity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Glove Box
Lamp, Key Warning Switch
START
S/ROOF RR
DOOR LOCK
FOG LAMP REAR
7.5A
25A
20A
10A
With IMMO./Smart Key : Transmission Range Switch, W/O IMMO. : PCB Block (B/Alarm Relay)
Rear Sunroof Motor
Tail Gate Relay, Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Sliding Door Lock/Unlock Relay
-
MODULE1
10A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Around View Unit, BCM, Overhead Console Lamp, MTS Module,
Digital Clock, USB Charger #1/#2
AIR BAG
A/CON2
HEATED MIRROR
BRAKE SWITCH
S/HEATER RR
15A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
25A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
A/C Control Module, Blower Resistor (Manual)
Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
Rear Seat Heater Control Module
P/WINDOW
LH
25A
Driver Safety Window Module, Driver Door Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Rear Safety Power
Window Switch LH, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH
MODULE7
POWER OUTLET1
P/SEAT (DRV)
7.5A
20A
30A
Key Inter Lock Solenoid, Fuel Lid Switch, ATM Lever Switch, Rear A/C Control Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror
Front Power Outlet
Driver Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
P/WINDOW
RH
25A
Passenger Safety Window Module, Passenger Power Window Motor, Passenger Door Module, Rear Power
Window Switch RH, Rear Safety Power Window Switch RH, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH
S/HEATER FRT
20A
Heater Control Module, Passenger Ventilation Seat Control Module
7 61
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OYP074053K
OYP078138N
7 62
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
COOLING FAN
ABS1
ABS2
INVERTER
H/LAMP HI
EPB1
EPB2
TCU
P/SEAT (PASS)
B+4
POWER TAIL GATE
Fuse rating
80A
40A
40A
30A
10A
15A
15A
15A
30A
50A
40A
Circuit Protected ]
Cooling Fan Unit
ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ESC Module
AC Inverter Unit
H/LAMP HI Solenoid
EPB Unit
EPB Unit
Transmission Unit
Passenger Manual Switch
Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, Fuse - MODULE7)
Power Tail Gate Module
B+2
50A
Smart Junction Block (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - P/SEAT DRV, P/WDW RH), Seat Heater
Rear, Interior Lamp, Multimedia, Memory
IG1
IG2
B+1
BLOWER
TRAILER
40A
40A
50A
40A
30A
With Smart Key : PDM1/2 Relay, W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch
Start Relay, With Smart Key : PDM3 Relay, W/O Smart Key : Ignition Switch,
Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, Fuse - P/WDW LH, S/HEATER FRT, DR LOCK)
Blower Relay
Trailer Power Outlet
B+5
50A
Smart Junction Block (Motor Driver, Power Outlet Relay, Fuse - S/ROOF FRT, S/ROOF RR, BRAKE
SWITCH, SMART KEY1, SMART KEY3, AMP), Power Outlet1, Power Outlet2
PSD1
PSD2
B+3
MDPS
BLOWER RR
40A
40A
50A
125A
40A
Power Sliding Door Module
Power Sliding Door Module
Smart Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS1, IPS2)
MDPS Unit (Rack)
Blower RR Relay
7 63
Maintenance
Fuse Name
SENSOR (B+)
B/ALARM HORN
FUEL LID
DEICER
DRL
FUEL PUMP
HORN
WIPER
ECU3
FUEL HEATER
REAR HEATED
SENSOR5
TCU
MDPS
DCU
B/UP LAMP
A/CON
ECU1
ABS3
SENSOR4
ECU2
SENSOR1
Fuse rating
10A
15A
10A
15A
10A
15A
15A
25A
30A
30A
40A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
10A
20A
15A
SENSOR2
10A
SENSOR3
IGN COIL
ECU3
10A
20A
20A
7 64
Circuit Protected
Battery Sensor
B/Alarm Horn Relay
Fuel Lid Relay
Deicer Relay
DRL Relay
Fuel Pump Relay
Horn Relay
Front Wiper (Low) Relay
Engine Control Relay, Fuse - ECU1
Rear Heated Relay
Transmission Range Switch
MDPS Unit (Rack)
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror
Rear A/C Control Switch, A/C Control Module
PCM
ESC Module, Steering Angle Sensor
Fuel Pump Relay
ECU Unit
Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, PCM, E/R Junction Box (Cooling Fan1 Relay)
PCM, Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control
Valve #1/#2 (Intake), Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Exhaust)
PCM, Injector
Ignition Coil #1~#6, Condensor #1/#2
ECU Unit
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the engine at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery’s negative (-) terminal.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION - Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burnedout bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
CAUTION - Headlamp
Lens
To prevent damage, do not
clean the headlamp lens with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
• Lamp part malfunction due to
net-work failure
The headlamp, taillight, and fog light
may light up when the head lamp
switch is turned ON, and not light up
when the taillight or for light switch is
turned ON. This may be cause by
network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If there is
a problem, we recommend the system be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Lamp part malfunction due to electrical control system stabilization
A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily. This momentary
occurrence is due to stabilization
function of the vehicle's electrical on
control system. If the lamp soon
returns to normal, the vehicle does
not require service.
However, if the lamp goes out after
the momentary flickering, or the flickering continues, we recommend the
system be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 65
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
• If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
• It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle’s electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle’s electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
After driving in heavy rain or washing, headlamp and taillamp lenses
could appear frosty. This condition is
caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and
outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside
your vehicle during the rain and
doesn’t indicate a problem with your
vehicle. If the water leaks into the
lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend
that you have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlight assembly is reinstalled at an authorized Kia dealer.
7 66
If you don’t have the necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb. This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
If non-genuine parts or substandard
bulbs are used, it may lead to blowing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally,
the fuse box and other writing may
be damaged.
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Front)
■ Fog lamp - Type A
■ Head lamp – Type A
OYP078106N
■ Fog lamp - Type B
OYP078104N
■ Head lamp – Type B
OYP078107N
■ Fog lamp - Type C
OYP078105N
(1) Headlamp (Low) (Bulb type)
(2) Headlamp (High) (Bulb type)
(3) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
or Front turn signal lamp /
Position lamp (if equipped) (Bulb
type)
(4) Position lamp (if equipped) (LED
type) or Dummy (if equipped)
(5) Side marker (Bulb type)
(6) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)
(7) Headlamp (Low Assist) (LED
type)
(8) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(9) Position lamp (LED type) or
Position lamp / Day time running
lamp (if equipped) (LED type)
(10) Side marker (LED type)
(11) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
(12) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
(13) Front fog lamp (LED type)
OYP078108N
7 67
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Rear)
■ License plate lamp
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A
OYP078111N
■ High mounted stop lamp
OYP078109N
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B
OYP078112N
OYP078110N
7 68
(1) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
(2) Tail lamp (Bulb type)
(3) Back up lamp (Bulb type)
(4) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(5) Side marker (Bulb type)
(6,7,8,9) Stop and tail lamp (LED
type)
(10) Side marker (LED type)
(11) License plate lamp (Bulb type)
(12) High mounted stop lamp (LED
type)
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Side)
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
6. Install the bulb-socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the
tabs on the bulb-socket with the
slots in the headlamp assembly.
Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OYP078113N
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)
OYP078114N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
7 69
Maintenance
Headlamp bulb
WARNING - Halogen
OHD076046
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
7 70
bulbs
Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids.
• Never touch the glass with
bare hands. Residual oil may
cause the bulb to overheat
and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated
only when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
Headlamp (High beam) bulb
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
OYP078115N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb-socket assembly in the headlamp assembly by
aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Headlamp bulb
WARNING - Halogen
OQL075058
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
bulbs
Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids.
• Never touch the glass with
bare hands. Residual oil may
cause the bulb to overheat
and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated
only when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
7 71
Maintenance
Front turn signal lamp bulb
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Side marker (front) (Bulb type)
bulb replacement (Headlamp
Type A)
OYP078116N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
7 72
OYP078117N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it out.
Maintenance
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Position lamp (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
Headlamp (LED type) replacement (Headlamp Type B)
OYP078118N
OYP078119N
If the position lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
If the Low/High beam lamp (1), Low
assist beam lamp (2), Position lamp
(3) and Side marker (front) (4) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the head lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7 73
Maintenance
Front turn signal lamp bulb
replacement (Headlamp Type B)
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Side repeater lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
OYP078120N
OYP078113N
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
If the side repeater lamp (LED), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
7 74
Maintenance
Front fog lamp bulb replacement
■ Fog lamp - Type A
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type A)
OYP078121N
■ Fog lamp - Type B
OYP074021K
OYP078122N
■ Fog lamp - Type C
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
OYP078123N
7 75
Maintenance
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OYP078124N
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 76
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Connect the rear combination
lamp connector.
11. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12. Install the service cover.
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
type) bulb replacement (Rear
combination lamp Type A)
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OYP078125N
OYP074021K
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 77
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Connect the rear combination
lamp connector.
11. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12. Install the service cover.
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type)
bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type A)
OYP074021K
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
7 78
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
Maintenance
10. Connect the rear combination
lamp connector.
11. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12. Install the service cover.
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type)
bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type A)
OYP078126N
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OYP074026K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
7 79
Maintenance
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp
Type A)
OYP078127N
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 80
OYP074026K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
Maintenance
Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B)
Side marker (rear) (LED type)
bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp Type B)
OYP078129N
OYP078130N
If the stop and tail lamp (LED)
(1,2,3,4) does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
If the side marker (LED) (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side marker (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OYP078128N
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
7 81
Maintenance
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
type) bulb replacement (Rear
combination lamp Type B)
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OYP078131N
OYP074021K
OYP074022K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
7 82
6. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
Maintenance
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Connect the rear combination
lamp connector.
11. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12. Install the service cover.
Back-up lamp bulb replacement (Rear combination lamp
Type B)
OYP078132N
OYP074026K
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
7 83
Maintenance
High mounted stop lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
License plate lamp bulb
replacement
OYP078133N
OYP078134N
If the high mounted stop lamp
(LED)(1) does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the high mounted stop lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
1. Using a screwdriver, the lamp
assembly from lamp housing.
2. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
7 84
5. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
6. Install the lamp assembly to lamp
housing.
Maintenance
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Room lamp bulb replacement
✽ NOTICE
OYP074029K
WARNING - Interior lights
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OYP074031K
WARNING - Interior lights
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
7 85
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Glove box lamp replacement
✽ NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
7 86
✽ NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OYP078054N
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Install the cover to the lamp
assembly.
6. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
Maintenance
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)
bulb replacement
✽ NOTICE
OYP074032K
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OYP074030K
WARNING - Interior lights
WARNING - Interior lights
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
7 87
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
✽ NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
7 88
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
✽ NOTICE - Headlight Lens
To prevent damage, do not clean
headlight lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7 89
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
7 90
OYP078135N
CAUTION - Wet engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of
the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
Do not apply wax on embossed
unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
unit.
Maintenance
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
7 91
Maintenance
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals are used in cold weather states
to melt snow and prevent ice accumulation. If these chemicals are not
regularly removed, they will corrode
the vehicle underbody and over time
damage fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle suspension, the exhaust system, and
even the body frame.
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
7 92
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a
change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
7 93
Maintenance
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7 94
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. If necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
instructions for correct usage.
7 95
Maintenance
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
7 96
Taking care of leather seats
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protective may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the color.
Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective
agents.
• Leather with bright colors(beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
• Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic
products(sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Maintenance
Fabric seat cover precautions
Please clean the fabric seats regularly with a vacuum cleaner in consideration of fabric material characteristics. If they are heavily soiled
with beverage stains, etc., use a suitable interior cleaner. To prevent damage to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or
microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
7 97
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Consumer lnformation
manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
7 98
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
Maintenance
2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System
is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
7 99
Maintenance
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with
other
exhaust
fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into your
vehicle, drive it only with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7 100
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Catalytic
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
Maintenance
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
7 101
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-6
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Item
mm (in)
Overall length
5,115 (201.4)
Overall width
1,985 (78.1)
Overall height
Without Roof rack
1,740 (68.5)
With Roof rack
1,755 (69.1)
Front
Tread
Rear
Wheelbase
235/65 R17
1,745 (68.7)
235/60 R18
1,740 (68.5)
235/55 R19
1,735 (68.3)
235/65 R17
1,752 (68.9)
235/60 R18
1,747 (68.8)
235/55 R19
1,742 (68.6)
3,060 (120.5)
ENGINE
Item
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Displacement
cc (cu. in)
Bore x Stroke
mm (in.)
3,342 (203.94)
92 X 83.8 (3.62 X 3.29)
Firing order
1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders
6, V - type
8 2
Specifications & Consumer information
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Headlamps (Low)
Headlamps (Low) - LED
Headlamps (High)
Front turn signal lamps
Front
Front position lamps
Front fog lamps
Side Repeater lamps
Side Marker lamps
Rear
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)
Rear tail lamps (Inside)
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)
Rear tail lamps (Inside)
Rear turn signal lamps
Back-up lamps
Side Marker lamps
High mounted stop lamp*
License plate lamps
Map lamps
Room lamps
Interior Vanity mirror lamps
Glove box lamp
Luggage lamp
Bulb type
LED type
LED
PROJ
LED type
Bulb type
LED type
Bulb type
LED type
Bulb type
LED type
LED type
Wattage(W)
55
LED
60
28
8
LED
LED
55
LED
5
LED
28
8
LED
LED
28
16
5
LED
LED
5
10
10
5
5
10
Bulb type
H7
LED
HB3
PY28/8W
PY28/8W
LED
LED
HB4
LED
W5W
LED
P28/8W
P28/8W
LED
LED
P28/8W
W16W
W5W
LED
LED
W5W
W10W
FESTOON
FESTOON
W5W
FESTOON
* If equipped
8 3
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)]
Item
Full size tire
Compact spare tire
Tire size
Wheel sizee
Normal load *1
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
235/65 R17
6.5J X 17
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
235/60 R18
7.0J X 18
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
235/55 R19
7.5J X 19
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
T135/90 R17
4.0T X 17
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
420 (60)
Wheel lug nut torque
kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m)
11 ~ 13
(79 ~ 94, 107 ~ 127)
*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
✽ NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 21 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 10.5 kPa (1.5 psi)
8 4
Specifications & Consumer information
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
Item
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Gross vehicle weight
2,760 (6,085)
kg (lbs.)
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
Luggage volume (SAE)
960 (33.9)
❈ Behind 3rd row
l (cu ft)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Item
Refrigerant
Compressor lubricant
Weight of volume
1,050±25g
210±10g
Classification
R-1234yf
PAG (FD46XG)
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
8 5
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Recommends (or equivalent)
Volume
Classification
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
6.5 L (6.87 US qt.)
ACEA A5*3 or above
Automatic transmission fluid
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
7.0 L (7.39 US qt.)
ATF SP-IV or equivalent
Coolant
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
11.5 L (12.15 US qt.)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for
aluminum radiator)
Power steering fluid (if equipped)
Brake fluid
Fuel
1.0 ~ 1.5 L
(1.06 ~ 1.59 US qt.)
0.58 ~ 0.62 L
(0.61 ~ 0.66 US qt. )
80 L (84.54 US qt.)
PSF-4
SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Unleaded gasoline
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above, ACEA A3.
8 6
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Temperature
Engine Oil *1
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle
will be operated in before the next oil
change.
Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
10W-30
5W-30
1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of
a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil
is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the
engine oil viscosity chart.
8 7
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
OYP084001N
OVQ076002N
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, remove the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
8 8
OYP084002K
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
OYP088003N
OYP084005N
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8 9
Index
I
Index
A
Active ECO system........................................................5-82
Active ECO operation ................................................5-82
Limitation of Active ECO operation ..........................5-82
When Active ECO is activated ..................................5-82
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system
(SRS) ..........................................................................3-65
Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle ..........................................3-93
Air bag warning label ................................................3-93
Air bag warning light..................................................3-68
Curtain air bag ............................................................3-85
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................3-80
How does the air bag system operate ........................3-66
Occupant Detection System (ODS) ............................3-72
Side air bag ................................................................3-83
SRS Care ....................................................................3-92
SRS components and functions ..................................3-69
Air cleaner ....................................................................7-28
Filter replacement ......................................................7-28
Air conditioning system ..................................................8-5
Appearance care ............................................................7-89
Exterior care................................................................7-89
Interior care ................................................................7-95
I 2
Audio system ..............................................................4-216
Antenna ....................................................................4-216
AUX, USB port ........................................................4-216
How vehicle radio works ..........................................4-217
Automatic climate control system ..............................4-172
Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-173
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ..............................................4-189
Climate control air filter ..........................................4-188
Manual heating and air conditioning ........................4-174
Outside thermometer ................................................4-178
Rear climate control..................................................4-183
System operation ......................................................4-186
Automatic transmission ................................................5-14
Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-14
Good driving practices................................................5-20
B
Battery............................................................................7-36
Battery recharging ......................................................7-37
For best battery service ..............................................7-36
Recharging battery ......................................................7-37
Reset items ..................................................................7-38
Before driving ..................................................................5-5
Before entering vehicle ................................................5-5
Before starting ..............................................................5-5
Necessary inspections ..................................................5-5
Index
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)/
Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ..........5-85
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)........................5-86
Limitations of the system............................................5-92
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ........5-89
Brake fluid ....................................................................7-25
Checking the brake fluid level ....................................7-25
Brake system..................................................................5-21
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................5-33
Auto hold ..................................................................5-30
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-24
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............................5-35
Good braking practices ..............................................5-42
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................5-42
Parking brake – Foot type ..........................................5-23
Power brakes ..............................................................5-21
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)........................5-40
Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-3
C
Checking fluid levels ....................................................7-19
Child Restraint System (CRS) ......................................3-54
Children always in the rear ........................................3-54
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-58
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................3-55
Clean air ......................................................................4-196
Climate control air filter ................................................7-30
Filter inspection ..........................................................7-30
Cruise Control System ..................................................5-57
To cancel cruise control ..............................................5-59
To decrease the cruising speed ..................................5-58
To increase Cruise Control set Speed ........................5-58
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
30 km/h (20 mph) ....................................................5-60
To set Cruise Control Speed ......................................5-57
To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on 5-59
To turn cruise control off ............................................5-60
D
Declaration of Conformity ..........................................4-220
IC ..............................................................................4-220
Defroster ......................................................................4-155
Rear window defroster..............................................4-155
Dimensions ......................................................................8-2
Door locks......................................................................4-26
Automatic door lock system ......................................4-31
Child-protector rear door lock ....................................4-31
Impact sensing door unlock system............................4-31
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ............4-28
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ..........4-26
Drive mode integrated control system ..........................5-83
Drive mode..................................................................5-83
I 3
Index
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ....................5-94
Resetting the system ..................................................5-96
System malfunction ....................................................5-96
System setting and activation ....................................5-94
System standby ..........................................................5-96
E
Economical operation ..................................................5-103
Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5
Jump starting ................................................................6-5
Push-starting ................................................................6-7
Emission control system................................................7-98
Crankcase emission control system ............................7-98
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system ..........7-99
Exhaust emission control system................................7-99
Engine ..............................................................................8-2
Engine compartment ................................................2-6, 7-4
Engine coolant ..............................................................7-22
Changing the coolant ..................................................7-24
Checking the coolant level..........................................7-22
Engine number ................................................................8-9
Engine oil ......................................................................7-20
Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................7-21
Checking the engine oil level ....................................7-20
I 4
Engine start/stop button ................................................5-10
Engine start/stop button position ................................5-10
Illuminated engine start/stop button ..........................5-10
Starting the engine with a smart key ..........................5-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-15
Exterior features ..........................................................4-214
Roof rack ..................................................................4-214
Exterior overview ............................................................2-2
F
Folding key ......................................................................4-5
Battery replacement ....................................................4-10
Immobilizer system ....................................................4-11
Key operations ..............................................................4-5
Limp home (override) procedure................................4-13
Record your key number ..............................................4-5
Transmitter precautions ................................................4-9
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) ..................5-44
Brake operation ..........................................................5-47
FCA front radar/Camera sensor..................................5-48
FCA warning message and system control ................5-46
Limitation of the system ............................................5-51
System malfunction ....................................................5-49
System setting and activation ....................................5-44
Index
Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-61
Closing the fuel filler lid ............................................4-61
Emergency fuel filler lid release ................................4-64
Opening the fuel filler lid ..........................................4-61
Fuel requirements ............................................................1-2
Do not use methanol ....................................................1-4
Fuel Additives ..............................................................1-5
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ..................1-3
Operation in foreign countries ......................................1-5
Fuses ..............................................................................7-53
Engine compartment fuse replacement ......................7-57
Fuse/relay panel description ......................................7-59
Inner panel fuse replacement ......................................7-55
G
Gross vehicle weight........................................................8-5
H
Hood ..............................................................................4-58
Closing the hood ........................................................4-59
Opening the hood........................................................4-58
How to use this manual ..................................................1-2
I
If the engine overheats ....................................................6-8
If the engine will not start ..............................................6-4
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..........6-4
If engine turns over normally but does not start ..........6-4
If you have a flat tire ......................................................6-9
A flat tire indoor storage ............................................6-12
Changing tires ............................................................6-13
Jack and tools................................................................6-9
Removing the spare tire ..............................................6-10
Storing the spare tire ..................................................6-11
In case of an emergency while driving............................6-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..............6-3
If the engine stalls while driving ..................................6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving ..............................6-3
Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-91
Gauges ........................................................................4-93
Instrument cluster control ..........................................4-92
LCD display control ..................................................4-92
Transmission shift indicator........................................4-96
Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5
Interior features............................................................4-200
AC inverter................................................................4-204
Air ventilation seat....................................................4-202
Bottle holder ............................................................4-200
Coat hook ..................................................................4-210
Cup holder ................................................................4-200
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-210
Luggage net holder ..................................................4-212
Power outlet ..............................................................4-203
I 5
Index
Seat warmer ..............................................................4-201
Side curtain ..............................................................4-212
Sunvisor ....................................................................4-202
USB charger..............................................................4-206
Wireless smart phone charging system ....................4-206
Interior lights ..............................................................4-152
Automatic turn off function ......................................4-152
Glove box lamp ........................................................4-154
Luggage lamp............................................................4-154
Map lamp ..................................................................4-153
Room lamp................................................................4-152
Vanity mirror lamp....................................................4-154
Interior overview..............................................................2-4
K
Key positions ..................................................................5-7
Ignition switch position ................................................5-7
Illuminated ignition switch ..........................................5-7
Starting the engine ........................................................5-9
L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ......................5-98
LDW operation ..........................................................5-99
Limitations of the system..........................................5-101
Warning indicator......................................................5-100
I 6
LCD display ..................................................................4-98
LCD modes ................................................................4-98
Liftgate (for manual liftgate) ........................................4-32
Closing the liftgate......................................................4-33
Emergency liftgate safety release ..............................4-34
Opening the liftgate ....................................................4-32
Light bulbs ....................................................................7-65
Back-up lamp bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ............................7-80
Back-up lamp bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) ............................7-83
Bulb replacement precaution ......................................7-65
Front fog lamp bulb replacement................................7-75
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) ..................................................7-72
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type B) ..................................................7-74
Glove box lamp replacement ......................................7-86
Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) ..................................................7-70
Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) ..................................................7-73
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) ..................................................7-69
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement ..............................................................7-84
License plate lamp bulb replacement ........................7-84
Light bulb position (Front) ........................................7-67
Index
Light bulb position (Rear) ..........................................7-68
Light bulb position (Side) ..........................................7-69
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ............7-87
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement....................7-85
Position lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type A) ..................................................7-73
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ............................7-77
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) ............................7-82
Room lamp bulb replacement ....................................7-85
Side marker (front) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) ..................................................7-72
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ............................7-78
Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) ............................7-81
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ......7-74
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ............................7-75
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type B) ............................7-81
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ............................7-79
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ....7-87
Lighting........................................................................4-139
Battery saver function ..............................................4-139
Daytime running light ..............................................4-139
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)................................4-147
Front fog light ..........................................................4-147
Headlight escort function..........................................4-139
Headlight leveling device..........................................4-147
High beam assist ......................................................4-143
High beam operation ................................................4-142
Lighting control ........................................................4-140
Turn signals and lane change signals........................4-146
Luggage volume ..............................................................8-5
M
Maintenance services ......................................................7-5
Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-6
Owner’s responsibility ..................................................7-5
Manual climate control system....................................4-156
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ..............................................4-171
Climate control air filter ..........................................4-170
Heating and air conditioning ....................................4-157
Rear climate control..................................................4-164
System operation ......................................................4-167
Mirrors ..........................................................................4-76
Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-76
Outside rearview mirror..............................................4-86
I 7
Index
O
Owner maintenance ........................................................7-7
Owner maintenance schedule ......................................7-7
P
Parking brake ................................................................7-27
Checking the parking brake ........................................7-27
Parking distance warning ............................................4-132
Non-operational conditions of parking distance
warning ..................................................................4-134
Operation of the parking distance warning ..............4-133
Self-diagnosis............................................................4-136
Parking distance warning-reverse ................................4-128
Non-operational conditions of the parking
distance warning-reverse ........................................4-129
Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse..4-128
Parking distance warning-reverse precautions..........4-130
Self-diagnosis............................................................4-131
Power sliding door and power liftgate ..........................4-35
Automatic stop and reversal ......................................4-37
Emergency liftgate safety release ..............................4-47
How to reset the power sliding door and power
liftgate ......................................................................4-38
Power door on/off button ............................................4-39
Power liftgate opening height user setting ................4-46
Power liftgate operation..............................................4-43
I 8
Power sliding door operation......................................4-40
Smart liftgate ..............................................................4-48
Power steering fluid ......................................................7-26
Checking the power steering fluid level ....................7-26
Checking the power steering hose ..............................7-26
R
Rear view monitor ......................................................4-137
Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number ........................8-7
Road warning ..................................................................6-2
Hazard warning flasher ................................................6-2
S
Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-9
Seat belts........................................................................3-35
Care of seat belts ........................................................3-52
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-47
Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-50
Seat belt restraint system ............................................3-35
Seats ................................................................................3-2
Driver position memory system (for power seat) ......3-11
Front seat adjustment - manual ....................................3-7
Front seat adjustment - power ......................................3-8
Headrest (for front seat)..............................................3-13
Headrest (for rear seat) ..............................................3-31
Index
Rear seat adjustment ..................................................3-17
Seatback pocket ..........................................................3-16
Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go system ..............5-61
Limitations of the system............................................5-75
Smart Cruise Control switch ......................................5-63
Speed setting ..............................................................5-63
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control
system ......................................................................5-74
To convert to cruise control mode ..............................5-74
Vehicle to vehicle distance setting..............................5-68
When the lane ahead is clear ......................................5-69
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane ....5-70
Smart key ......................................................................4-14
Battery replacement ....................................................4-20
Loss of the smart key..................................................4-18
Record your key number ............................................4-14
Smart key function......................................................4-14
Smart key immobilizer system ..................................4-21
Smart key precautions ................................................4-19
Special driving conditions ..........................................5-105
Driving at night ........................................................5-108
Driving in flooded areas ..........................................5-109
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-109
Driving on unpaved roads ........................................5-110
Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-105
Highway driving ......................................................5-110
Reducing the risk of a rollover ................................5-105
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-107
Smooth cornering......................................................5-108
Steering wheel ..............................................................4-72
Electric power steering ..............................................4-72
Heated steering wheel ................................................4-74
Horn ............................................................................4-75
Power steering ............................................................4-72
Tilt and telescopic steering ........................................4-73
Storage compartments ................................................4-197
Center console storage ..............................................4-198
Cool box....................................................................4-199
Glove box..................................................................4-198
Sunglass holder ........................................................4-199
Sunroof ..........................................................................4-65
Rear sunroof lock........................................................4-70
Resetting the sunroof ..................................................4-69
Sliding the sunroof......................................................4-66
Sunroof open warning ................................................4-71
Sunshade ....................................................................4-69
Tilting the sunroof (for front sunroof) ........................4-68
T
Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-23
Armed stage ................................................................4-23
Disarmed stage............................................................4-24
Theft-alarm stage ........................................................4-24
Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-9
I 9
Index
Tires and wheels ....................................................7-39, 8-4
All season tires............................................................7-51
Checking tire inflation pressure..................................7-40
Radial-ply tires............................................................7-51
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures................7-39
Snow tires....................................................................7-51
Summer tires ..............................................................7-51
Tire care ......................................................................7-39
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-44
Tire pressure................................................................7-40
Tire replacement ........................................................7-43
Tire rotation ................................................................7-41
Tire sidewall labeling..................................................7-44
Tire terminology and definitions ................................7-48
Tire traction ................................................................7-44
Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-42
Wheel replacement ....................................................7-44
Towing ..........................................................................6-21
Emergency towing ......................................................6-23
Removable towing hook (front)..................................6-22
Towing service ............................................................6-21
Trailer towing ..............................................................5-114
Driving with a trailer ................................................5-116
Hitches ......................................................................5-115
If you do decide to pull a trailer ..............................5-120
Maintenance when trailer towing ............................5-120
I 10
Safety chains ............................................................5-115
Trailer brakes ............................................................5-116
Trip modes (Trip computer) ..........................................4-99
Accumulated driving information mode ..................4-101
Assist mode ..............................................................4-103
Digital speedometer ..................................................4-102
Distance to empty ....................................................4-105
Fuel economy..............................................................4-99
One time driving information mode ........................4-101
Smart shift ................................................................4-102
Trip modes ..................................................................4-99
Turn by turn mode ....................................................4-102
User settings mode....................................................4-106
Warning messages ....................................................4-111
V
Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-6
Vehicle certification label ................................................8-8
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ............1-7
Vehicle handling instructions ..........................................1-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-8
Vehicle load limit ........................................................5-123
Certification label......................................................5-127
Tire and loading information label ..........................5-123
Vehicle modifications ......................................................1-6
Index
Vehicle weight glossary ..............................................5-129
Base curb weight ......................................................5-129
Cargo weight ............................................................5-129
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) ......................................5-129
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ........................5-129
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ..................................5-129
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ....................5-129
Vehicle curb weight ..................................................5-129
W
Warning and indicator lights........................................4-116
Indicator lights ..........................................................4-123
Warning lights ..........................................................4-116
Washer fluid ..................................................................7-27
Checking the washer fluid level..................................7-27
Windows ........................................................................4-53
Power windows ..........................................................4-54
Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-191
Automatic climate control system ............................4-192
Defogging logic ........................................................4-193
Manual climate control system ................................4-191
Winter driving ..............................................................5-111
Carry emergency equipment ....................................5-113
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ..............5-112
Check battery and cables ..........................................5-112
Check spark plugs and ignition system ....................5-112
Don’t let your parking brake freeze..........................5-113
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ........5-113
Snowy or icy conditions ..........................................5-111
To keep locks from freezing ....................................5-112
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system5-113
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ................5-112
Wiper blades ..................................................................7-32
Blade inspection..........................................................7-32
Blade replacement ......................................................7-32
Wipers and washers ....................................................4-149
Front windshield washers ........................................4-150
Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................4-151
Windshield wipers ....................................................4-149
ETC
360° camera monitoring system ..................................4-138
I 11
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement